COUNTER489 Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam Electronic Counter / Controller SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION H M I P L C KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO.,

C O U N T E RKCVKCXKCMTC-VTC-4KT-V

FC2-81□/FC2-161□/321□FC2-80□/FC2-160□/320□

488

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam

Electronic Counter / Controller

SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C

Visit our website ▼http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/

KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.

GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online.

KCV

KCX

KCM

Electronic Counters Lineup

KCV KCX KCM

Model Number KCV-□S KCV-□S-C KCV-□T KCV-□T-C KCX-□ KCX-□D KCX-□DM KCX-B6 KCX-B6M KCX-□W KCX-□WM KCX-B6W KCX-B6WM KCX-□T KCX-B6T KCM-50- (1) KCM-50P- (1) KCM-51- (1)

ClassificationSingle preset

(With prediction output)

Single preset (With prediction

output)Total counter Total counter Single preset Single preset Single preset Single preset Single preset Double preset Double preset Double preset Double preset Total counter Total counter

Consolidated counter



Digit

1 ーーーー ● ● ーーーーーーーーーーーー2 ーーーー ● ● ● ーーーーーーーーーーー3 ーーーー ● ● ● ーー ● ーーーーーーーー4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ーー ● ● ーー ● ーーーー5 ーーーーー ● ● ーー ● ーーーーー ● ● ●6 ● ● ● ● ー ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ーーー8 ーーーーーーーーーーーーー ● ーーーー

Counting System

Increment and Decrement

● ● ● ● ーーー ● ● ーー ● ● ー ● ーーー

Increment or Decrement

ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー

Increment ーーーー ● ● ● ーー ● ● ーー ● ー ● ● ●Decrement ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー

Prescale Functions ● ● ● ● ーーーーーーーーーーーーーー

DisplayInput/Output ーーーー ● ーーーーーーーーーーーーーNumerical Red LED Red LED Red LED Red LED ー Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Red LED Red LED Red LED

Counting SpeedSelectable(30 Hz, 200 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz)

Selectable(30 Hz, 200 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz)



1/2 digits: 10 Hz/200 Hz 3/4 digits: 10 Hz/1 kHz 5/6 digits: 10 Hz/5 kHz



10 Hz/20 kHz 10 Hz/20 kHz

3/4 digits: 10 Hz/2 kHz5/6 digits: 10 Hz/5 kHz



4 digits: 10 Hz/1 kHz 6 digits: 10 Hz/5 kHz 8 digits: 10 Hz/10 kHz

10 Hz/20 kHz 30 Hz/500 Hz 30 Hz/500 Hz 30 Hz/500 Hz

Supply Voltage 100 to 240 V AC 12 to 24 V DC 100 to 240 V AC 12 to 24 V DC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

Power Source for Sensors24 V DC, 60 mA

ー 24 V DC, 60 mA

ー 12 V DC, 50 mA

12 V DC, 50 mA

12 V DC, 50 mA

24 V DC, 80 mA

24 V DC, 80 mA

12 V DC, 50 mA

12 V DC, 50 mA

24 V DC, 80 mA

24 V DC, 80 mA

24 V DC, 80 mA

24 V DC, 80 mA

ーーー

Retentive Function (for powerfail) Possible Possible Possible Possible ーー Available ー Available ー Available ー Available Available Available Available Available Available

Remarks

Preset operation with each digit key, large-size red LED display, double output with prediction output


Large-size red LED display, position display function


General-purpose preset counter, green LED numerical display



Preset counter that enables counting up and down. Comparative output operation is enabled.


General purpose double preset type


Double preset counter that enables counting up and down. Comparative output opreration is enabled.


General-purpose

Position display is enabled.

9 built-in triple preset counters, previous prediction lamp, prediction output, facility stop output


8 built-in triple preset counters, any counter reset. Timer function is enabled.

489

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C


GENERAL CATALOG 2016The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.

KCV

KCX

KCM

Electronic Counters Lineup

KCV KCX KCM

Model Number KCV-□S KCV-□S-C KCV-□T KCV-□T-C KCX-□ KCX-□D KCX-□DM KCX-B6 KCX-B6M KCX-□W KCX-□WM KCX-B6W KCX-B6WM KCX-□T KCX-B6T KCM-50- (1) KCM-50P- (1) KCM-51- (1)

ClassificationSingle preset

(With prediction output)

Single preset (With prediction

output)Total counter Total counter Single preset Single preset Single preset Single preset Single preset Double preset Double preset Double preset Double preset Total counter Total counter




Digit

1 ーーーー ● ● ーーーーーーーーーーーー2 ーーーー ● ● ● ーーーーーーーーーーー3 ーーーー ● ● ● ーー ● ーーーーーーーー4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ーー ● ● ーー ● ーーーー5 ーーーーー ● ● ーー ● ーーーーー ● ● ●6 ● ● ● ● ー ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ーーー8 ーーーーーーーーーーーーー ● ーーーー

Counting System

Increment and Decrement

● ● ● ● ーーー ● ● ーー ● ● ー ● ーーー

Increment or Decrement

ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー

Increment ーーーー ● ● ● ーー ● ● ーー ● ー ● ● ●Decrement ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー

Prescale Functions ● ● ● ● ーーーーーーーーーーーーーー

DisplayInput/Output ーーーー ● ーーーーーーーーーーーーーNumerical Red LED Red LED Red LED Red LED ー Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Red LED Red LED Red LED

Counting SpeedSelectable(30 Hz, 200 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz)











4 digits: 10 Hz/1 kHz 6 digits: 10 Hz/5 kHz 8 digits: 10 Hz/10 kHz

10 Hz/20 kHz 30 Hz/500 Hz 30 Hz/500 Hz 30 Hz/500 Hz

Supply Voltage 100 to 240 V AC 12 to 24 V DC 100 to 240 V AC 12 to 24 V DC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

Power Source for Sensors24 V DC, 60 mA

ー 24 V DC, 60 mA

ー 12 V DC, 50 mA

12 V DC, 50 mA

12 V DC, 50 mA

24 V DC, 80 mA

24 V DC, 80 mA

12 V DC, 50 mA

12 V DC, 50 mA

24 V DC, 80 mA

24 V DC, 80 mA

24 V DC, 80 mA

24 V DC, 80 mA

ーーー

Retentive Function (for powerfail) Possible Possible Possible Possible ーー Available ー Available ー Available ー Available Available Available Available Available Available

Remarks














General-purpose

Position display is enabled.



8 built-in triple preset counters, any counter reset. Timer function is enabled.

490

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

KCV SeriesFeatures

Increment-Decrement Type, S ingle Preset Increment-Decrement Type Total Counter - Maximum counting speed 30 Hz/10 kHz (Can be selected by DIP switch.) 200 Hz/1 kHz (Can be selected in setup mode.)- Preset counter of DIN48 x 48 miniature body that consolidates the easy-to-see

large two-color LED display and enhanced functions- By setting the prediction output value, double output - prediction output and preset output - can be set.

■FeaturesEasy-to-see Large DisplayThe DIN48 x 48 miniature body has a large LED display of a character height of 12 mm (4 digits) and 10 mm (6 digits).

Easy-to-understand OperabilityPreset values can be set and changed like with a digital switch, using the setting keys for each digit.

Unrestricted Digit SettingThe counter can be set for any number of digits according to applications.

Retentive Memory without Battery BackupAn EEPROM is used for memory storage and a battery that does not require maintenance is used.

Removable Terminal BlockThis removable terminal block improves maintenance. After wiring, the terminal block cover enhances safety.

Protection Functions for Each KeyKey protection can be set for each key to prevent unintended operation.

Power Source for High-capacity SensorThe AC type has a built-in 24 V DC, 60mA power source for sensors. Sensors such as encoders and proximity sensors can be connected to the counter.

Multi-voltage Power Supply for AC TypeThe AC type is workable with supplied voltage at 85 to 264 V AC that can be used around the world.

　　

Various Counting Functions〔Prescale functions〕

Input pulse can be converted into any value and displayed.〔Individual 2-phase increment / decrement input〕

The counting range is possible from plus to minus.(However, the setting should be in the positive range.)

〔Count-up and count-down〕The count display can be selected between count-up display and count-down display.

Double Output by Prediction OutputDouble setting with prediction output is possible.Predicted values are used until the preset value is reached.

10 kHz High-speed ResponseInput response frequency is 10 kHz, which is the highest in this counter class.In accordance with input counting speed, switching among 30, 200, 1 k, and 10 kHz is possible.

Protection Fulfilling IP65Sheet keys are used for the front panel, which enables users to safely operate the device even with wet or unclean hands. To improve the protective structure, the front cover is also available at option.

Conformity to CE and ULCE marking compliant and UL standard (UL508) certi�ed product

491

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

■Model Number ListClassification Model Number Digit Power Source

Power Source for Sensors 24 V DC, 60mA

Price

Preset Counter

KCV-4S4

AC ● Open

KCV-4S-C DC Open

KCV-6S6

AC ● Open

KCV-6S-C DC Open

Total Counter

KCV-4T4

AC ● Open

KCV-4T-C DC Open

KCV-6T6

AC ● Open

KCV-6T-C DC Open

AC: 100 to 240 V ACDC: 12 to 24 V DC

■General SpecificationsItems

Rating

AC Power DC Power

Supply Voltage 100 to 240 V AC 12 to 24 V DC

Allowable Power Range 85 to 264 V AC 10 to 26.4 V DC

Power Consumption Approx. 11 VA Approx. 4 W

Power Source for Sensors

24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 60 mA (Ripple noise: 10% p-p or lower)

Power Failure MemoryEEPROM Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more Storage time: 10 years

Ambient Temperature -10 to 50˚C

Storage Temperature -20 to 70˚C (No freezing)

Ambient Humidity 35 to 85% RH (No condensation)

Withstand Voltage 2 kV AC 1 min (0 V, between relay contacts) 2 kV AC 1 min (0 V, only between relay contacts)

Vibration ResistanceEndurance Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions

Malfunction Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions

Impact ResistanceEndurance 490 m/s2　11 ms, 3 axial directions

Malfunction 98 m/s2　11 ms, 3 axial directions

Noise ResistanceBetween power supply terminals ±1.5 kV (Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns)

Between power supply terminals ±1.0 kV (Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns)

Protective Structure IP65 (Only the front panel part)

Weight (g) Approx. 150 Approx. 110

Terminal Block

Conforming cable 0.25 to 1.65 mm2

Conforming crimp terminal R1.25-3

Allowable tightening torque 0.5 Nm

KCV SeriesSpecifications

- Series

- Number of digits 4 : 4 digits 6 : 6 digits

- Output format S : With output T : Total

- Power source type Blank : AC power C : DC power

KCV- -

492

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

■Performance SpecificationsItems Preset Counter Total Counter

Type Increment and decrement preset counter Increment and decrement total counter

Setting Single setting with prediction output Digit 4, 6 digits 4, 6 digits

Display (LED character height)

4 digits: 12 mm (Count)/7 mm (Preset) 6 digits: 10 mm (Count)/7 mm (Preset)

Counting Range 4 digits: -999 to 9,999　6 digits: -99,999 to 999,999

Setting Range 4 digits: 0 to 9,999　6 digits: 0 to 999,999

Input

Counting Speed: 30/200/1 k/10 kHz

Input resistance: Positive logic　15 kΩ　Negative logic　3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power)

Input voltage: "L" 0 to 3 V　"H" 7 to 30 V

Disabled Count Input Responsivity: 100 μs or lower

External Reset Minimum signal width: 5 ms

Automatic Reset Responsivity: 100 μs or lower

Manual Reset Responsivity: 0.1 s or lower

Input Gate Duration During Power Failure

20 to 500 ms

Input Gate Duration During Power Recovery

50 to 500 ms

Output

Non-contact output: NPN open collector output 24 V 100 mA, withstand voltage: 35 V, residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower

Contact output: 1 transfer, (1c) contact point, 220 V AC 2 A (Resistance load)

Output Mode Single shot / holding / coincidence Output Time 10 to 9,990 ms, every 10 ms Prescaling 0.001 to 9.999 (4 digits)/0.001 to 99.999 (6 digits)

Decimal Point Any digit can light up.

Key Protection Any key setting is enabled. Reset key setting is enabled.

Installation Method Dedicated to embedded installation (Terminal block connection)

* The prescale column shows the value without using the multiplication.

■Input/Output Specifications

Count Input

Input Speed 30 Hz/200 Hz/1 kHz/10 kHz

Input ResistancePositive logic: 15 kΩ Negative logic: 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power)

Input VoltageL: 0 to 3 V H: 7 to 30 V

Disabled Count Input

Input ResponseOn delay: 0.1 ms Off delay: 0.1 ms



External Reset Input

Input ResponseOn delay: 5 ms or less Off delay: 5 ms or less



Transistor Output

Withstand Voltage 35 V or lower

Current 100 mA or lower

Residual Voltage 2 V or lower

Contact OutputContact Capacity 220 V AC 2 A (Resistance load) 220 V AC 0.5 A (cosφ = 0.4) 30 V DC 0.5 A (L/R = 7 ms)

Life 100,000 times or more 200,000 times or more 200,000 times or more

KCV SeriesSpecifications

493

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

■Output Operation ChartHolding Output (Continuous Count)

One-shot Output (Reset Count)

Coincidence Output (Continuous Count)

■Counting TimingDual input mode

Individual Increment/Decrement Input Mode(Positive Logic Input)

Individual Increment/Decrement Input Mode(Negative Logic Input)

■Output Operation Mode　Mode Counting Output

Holding Continuous Holding

One-shot ResetOne-shot*

10 to 9,990 ms

Coincidence Continuous Coincidence

* Can be set every 10 ms between 10 and 9,990 ms. (Set in the setup mode.)

KCV SeriesOutput Operation

Preset Values

Contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF

Increment mode Decrement mode

Predicted Value

Non-contact Output

保持出力（計数継続）

: Prediction Set Value

Preset Values

Contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF

Predicted Value

Non-contact Output

Preset Values

Contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF

Predicted Value

Predicted Value

Non-contact Output

ワンショット出力（計数Reset）

一致出力（計数継続）



One-shot time 100 ms(10 to 9,990 ms is possible in setup mode.)

- For output display for prediction output (non-contact output), the output LED blinks.- When the prediction set value is "0," non-contact output becomes the same as the output operation of contact output.

Preset Values

Contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


Predicted Value

Non-contact Output



Preset Values

Contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF

Predicted Value

Non-contact Output

Preset Values

Contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF

Predicted Value

Predicted Value

Non-contact Output







Preset Values

Contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


Predicted Value

Non-contact Output



Preset Values

Contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF

Predicted Value

Non-contact Output

Preset Values

Contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF

Predicted Value

Predicted Value

Non-contact Output







Preset Values

Contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


Predicted Value

Non-contact Output



Preset Values

Contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF

Predicted Value

Non-contact Output

Preset Values

Contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF

Predicted Value

Predicted Value

Non-contact Output







IN-A

T/4T/4T/4T/4

Increment"H"

"L"

IN-B"H"

"L"

T

T/4T/4T/4T/4

Decrement

T

IN-A

T/2T/2

Increment"H"

"L"

IN-B"H"

"L"

T

T/2T/2

T

Decrement

IN-B in Increment input

can be either "H" or "L."

IN-A in Decrement input


IN-A

T/2T/2

Increment"H"

"L"

IN-B"H"

"L"

T

T/2T/2

T

Decrement





<Note>

Count for or . Required counting speed (Herz) = 1T sec

二相入力モード

加算・減算個別入力モード(正論理入力時)

加算・減算個別入力モード(負論理入力時)

IN-A

T/4T/4T/4T/4

Increment"H"

"L"

IN-B"H"

"L"

T

T/4T/4T/4T/4

Decrement

T

IN-A

T/2T/2

Increment"H"

"L"

IN-B"H"

"L"

T

T/2T/2

T

Decrement





IN-A

T/2T/2

Increment"H"

"L"

IN-B"H"

"L"

T

T/2T/2

T

Decrement





<Note>





IN-A

T/4T/4T/4T/4

Increment"H"

"L"

IN-B"H"

"L"

T

T/4T/4T/4T/4

Decrement

T

IN-A

T/2T/2

Increment"H"

"L"

IN-B"H"

"L"

T

T/2T/2

T

Decrement





IN-A

T/2T/2

Increment"H"

"L"

IN-B"H"

"L"

T

T/2T/2

T

Decrement





<Note>





IN-A

T/4T/4T/4T/4

Increment"H"

"L"

IN-B"H"

"L"

T

T/4T/4T/4T/4

Decrement

T

IN-A

T/2T/2

Increment"H"

"L"

IN-B"H"

"L"

T

T/2T/2

T

Decrement





IN-A

T/2T/2

Increment"H"

"L"

IN-B"H"

"L"

T

T/2T/2

T

Decrement





<Note>





494

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

■Terminal Connection DiagramsKCV-4S/6S KCV-4S-C/6S-C

　　　　* Non-contact output (OUT terminal) is also used for prediction output. 　　　　* Non-contact output (OUT terminal) is also used for prediction output.

KCV-4T/6T KCV-4T-C/6T-C

■Input/Output Circuit DiagramsAC Power DC Power

OUT 7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

KCV-4S／6S

24 V DC, 60mA Power Source for Sensor Count Input

INA INB 0 V INHDisabled Count Input

COM N.C. N.O.

100 to 240 V AC PowerContact Output

Contact Output 12 to 24 V DC Power

KCV-4T／6T

KCV-4S-C／6S-C KCV-4T-C／6T-C

+ −

�予報出力はNon-contact Output(OUT端子)と兼用です。

Non-contact Output

OUT 7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

Count Input


COM N.C. N.O.

Non-contact Output

7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input



100 to 240 V AC Power

12 to 24 V DC Power+ −

7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

Count Input


OUT 7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

KCV-4S／6S



COM N.C. N.O.



KCV-4T／6T


+ −


Non-contact Output

OUT 7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

Count Input


COM N.C. N.O.

Non-contact Output

7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input





7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

Count Input


OUT 7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

KCV-4S／6S



COM N.C. N.O.



KCV-4T／6T


+ −


Non-contact Output

OUT 7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

Count Input


COM N.C. N.O.

Non-contact Output

7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input





7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

Count Input


OUT 7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

KCV-4S／6S



COM N.C. N.O.



KCV-4T／6T


+ −


Non-contact Output

OUT 7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

Count Input


COM N.C. N.O.

Non-contact Output

7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input





7

2

1

3 4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

Count Input


AC電源形 DC電源形

24 V DC2

3

6

4

9

10

1

5

5 V

3.3 k

47 k

22 k

22 k

22 k

22 k

5 V3.3 k

47 k

5 V3.3 k

47k

Internal 24 V

ON During Negative Logic Input ON During Negative Logic Input

OUT

0 V

Power Sourcefor Sensor24 V DC

DisabledCount Input

INB

7

5 V3.3 k

47 kReset

INA

N.C.

COM

N.O.

8

11

3

6

4

9

10

1

5

5 V

1.8 k

47 k

22 k

22 k

22 k

22 k

5 V1.8 k

47 k

5 V1.8 k

47 k

Internal Circuit

OUT

0 V

DisabledCount Input

INB

7

5 V1.8 k

47 kReset

INA

N.C.

COM

N.O.

8

12−

+


24 V DC2

3

6

4

9

10

1

5

5 V

3.3 k

47 k

22 k

22 k

22 k

22 k

5 V3.3 k

47 k

5 V3.3 k

47k

Internal 24 V

ON During Negative Logic Input ON During Negative Logic Input

OUT

0 V


DisabledCount Input

INB

7

5 V3.3 k

47 kReset

INA

N.C.

COM

N.O.

8

11

3

6

4

9

10

1

5

5 V

1.8 k

47 k

22 k

22 k

22 k

22 k

5 V1.8 k

47 k

5 V1.8 k

47 k

Internal Circuit

OUT

0 V

DisabledCount Input

INB

7

5 V1.8 k

47 kReset

INA

N.C.

COM

N.O.

8

12−

+

KCV SeriesConnection

495

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

■Input Connection ExamplesNPN Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg)- Input mode: Individual increment and decrement input (DIP switch 2 is ON.)《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-N/E》

2-wire DC System Proximity Sensor- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg)- Input mode: Individual increment and decrement input (DIP switch 2 is ON.)《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-Z》

* In the case of the DC power source type, the supply voltage should be not less than 20 V.

Switch Relay- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg)- Input mode: Individual increment and decrement input (DIP switch 2 is ON.)- Counting speed: 30 Hz (DIP switch 1 is ON.)

■Output Connection ExamplesNPN Open Collector Output

　Voltage Output or PNP Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor- Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos)- Input mode: Individual increment and decrement input (DIP switch 2 is ON.)《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-E2》

Rotary Encoder- Input logic: Positive logic and negative logic are set in accordance with the

output of the encoder.- Input mode: 2-phase input (DIP switch 2 is OFF.)《Recommended rotary encoder: TRD-S□B

TRD-J□-RZ/S TRD-N□-RZ/S》

- Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos)- Input mode: Individual increment and decrement input (DIP switch 2 is ON.)- Counting speed: 30 Hz (DIP switch 1 is ON.)

*1 There is no power source for sensors in the case of the DC power source type.

Use a separate external power source.

Contact Output

KCV SeriesConnection

Power Source for Sensor(24 V DC)

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

- Because there is large input current, this connection is recommended.

電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合

DC2線式近接センサの場合

スイッチ・リレーの場合

ロータリエンコーダの場合

Power Source for Sensor(24 V DC)*1

Brown

Black

Black

Black

Black

Blue

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

7

6

5

2

3

4

7

6

5

2Power Source for Sensor(24 V DC)*1

Brown

Black

Black

Black

Black

Blue

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

2

5


IN A

IN B

0 V

Red(Brown)

Green(Black)

White(White)

Black(Blue)

5

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

Brown

Blue

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

7

6

3

4

5

2

6

7

3

4

5

2

6

7


IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

�DC電源タイプにはありません。別途外部電源を使用してください。


IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement







Brown

Black

Black

Black

Black

Blue

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

7

6

5

2

3

4

7

6

5


Brown

Black

Black

Black

Black

Blue

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

2

5


IN A

IN B

0 V

Red(Brown)

Green(Black)

White(White)

Black(Blue)

5

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

Brown

Blue

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

7

6

3

4

5

2

6

7

3

4

5

2

6

7


IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement



IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement







Brown

Black

Black

Black

Black

Blue

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

7

6

5

2

3

4

7

6

5


Brown

Black

Black

Black

Black

Blue

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

2

5


IN A

IN B

0 V

Red(Brown)

Green(Black)

White(White)

Black(Blue)

5

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

Brown

Blue

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

7

6

3

4

5

2

6

7

3

4

5

2

6

7


IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement



IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement







Brown

Black

Black

Black

Black

Blue

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

7

6

5

2

3

4

7

6

5


Brown

Black

Black

Black

Black

Blue

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

2

5


IN A

IN B

0 V

Red(Brown)

Green(Black)

White(White)

Black(Blue)

5

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

Brown

Blue

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

7

6

3

4

5

2

6

7

3

4

5

2

6

7


IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement



IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement







Brown

Black

Black

Black

Black

Blue

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

7

6

5

2

3

4

7

6

5


Brown

Black

Black

Black

Black

Blue

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

2

5


IN A

IN B

0 V

Red(Brown)

Green(Black)

White(White)

Black(Blue)

5

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

Brown

Blue

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

7

6

3

4

5

2

6

7

3

4

5

2

6

7


IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement



IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement







Brown

Black

Black

Black

Black

Blue

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

7

6

5

2

3

4

7

6

5


Brown

Black

Black

Black

Black

Blue

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

2

5


IN A

IN B

0 V

Red(Brown)

Green(Black)

White(White)

Black(Blue)

5

IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

Brown

Blue

For Increment

For Decrement

3

4

7

6

3

4

5

2

6

7

3

4

5

2

6

7


IN A

IN B

Reset


0 V

For Increment

For Decrement


1

5

8

9

COM

N.C.

N.O.

Power Sourcefor Load

Power Source for Load24 V DC

NPNオープンコレクタ出力の場合接点出力の場合

10

OUT

0V

Load

Load

Load

+− 1

5

8

9

COM

N.C.

N.O.


Power Source for Load24 V DC


10

OUT

0V

Load

Load

Load

+−

496

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

■Key Operation1. Changes the preset value Every time a digit key is pressed, 1 is added to the preset value of the

corresponding digit.

Approx. 1 second after a digit key is released, the set value is entered.

2. Resets the discrete value If the reset key is pressed (response time is 0.1 s), the discrete value is

reset. If the [RST] key is pressed, the discrete value becomes "0" in the increment mode and the preset value in the decrement mode.

3.Key protection When DIP switch 6 is ON, the reset key and the digit key are locked. When

the prohibited key is pressed, the LED corresponding to the key blinks. For key protection, select the key you want to lock in the setup mode and set DIP switch 6 in the ON position.　Since all key protections in the setup mode are locked before shipment, if

you simply set DIP switch 6 in the ON position, all keys lock.

■Panel Explanation① Output display (Red) - Operation mode Lights up when the output is ON. Blinks when the prediction output is ON.

② Protection display (Red) - Operation mode Blinks when the key is protected. (Only when the key is ON)

- Setup mode Displays the set contents of key protection.

⑥ RST key - Operation mode Resets the discrete value. (0 in increment mode, preset value in decrement

mode)

- Setup mode Select the setting item.

　③ Discrete value display (Red) - Operation mode Displays the discrete value. - Setup mode Displays the set contents.

④ Preset value display (Green) - Operation mode Displays the preset value. - Setup mode Displays the setting item.

⑤ Digit key - Operation mode Changes the preset value. (The preset value is updated approx. one second

after the change is made as long as there is no input

from any of the keys.)

- Setup mode Selects the set contents.

KCV SeriesEach Part Name and Function

* Compared with the pre-set counter panel above, the total counter differs as to the following points. 　①Output display : None　②Protection display : None except the display corresponding to the RST key.　④Preset value display : No display in the operation mode.　⑤Digit key : Ineffective in the operation mode.

⑥

②

①

③

④

⑤

Example: When the counter is “123”

Press the 1 key and the 124



1

2

3

12

34

56

RST





1

2

3

12

34

56

RST

497

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

KCV SeriesEach Part Name and Function

■ DIP Switch Setting - Use the DIP switch at the top of the counter for setting. - Before operating the DIP switches, be sure that the power is turned off.

The switches do not respond to setting changes while the power is on. - When a DIP switch is changed, be sure to press the [RST] key in the

operation mode to reset the count value.

Counting SpeedSelect the counting speed with DIP switch 1. Select a counting speed that is not included amongst the choices (200/1 kHz) in the setup mode.

Input ModeSelect the input mode with DIP switch 2.

Counting ModeSelect the counting mode with DIP switch 3.

Counting MemorySelect the counting memory with DIP switch 4.

Output ModeSelect the output mode with DIP switch 5. Select the coincidence output in the setup mode.

Key ProtectionSelect whether "not to use key protection" or "to use key protection" for the keys set in the setup mode with DIP switch 6. The keys for key protection can be set in the setup mode."Not to use key protection" is set before shipment.

Operation ModeSelect the operation mode with DIP switch 8.

*Dip switch 7 is not used.

Dip Switch

* The DIP switches are all set in the OFF position before shipment.

Selects the counting speed.

Selects the input mode.

Selects the counting mode.(The addition mode is fixed in the total counter.)

Selects the counting memory.

Selects the output mode.(Unused by the total counter)

Selects the key protection.

Not in use

Selects the operation mode.

Counting Speed

30 Hz

10k Hz

SW1

ON

OFF

Counting speed

Input Mode

Add-Subtract individual input

2-phase input

SW2

ON

OFF

Input mode

Counting Mode

Decrement mode

Increment mode

SW3

ON

OFF

Counting mode

Counting Memory

Power failure memory

Power source reset

SW4

ON

OFF

Counting memory

Output Mode

Hold output

One-shot output

SW5

ON

OFF

Output mode

Operation Mode

Setup mode

Operation mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Operation mode

* Dip switch 7 is not used.

Key Protection

Do not

SW6

ON

OFF

Key protection

The setup modesettingis enabled.

Counting Speed

30 Hz

10k Hz

SW1

ON

OFF

Counting speed

Input Mode


2-phase input

SW2

ON

OFF

Input mode

Counting Mode

Decrement mode

Increment mode

SW3

ON

OFF

Counting mode

Counting Memory


Power source reset

SW4

ON

OFF

Counting memory

Output Mode

Hold output

One-shot output

SW5

ON

OFF

Output mode

Operation Mode

Setup mode

Operation mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Operation mode


Key Protection

Do not

SW6

ON

OFF

Key protection


Counting Speed

30 Hz

10k Hz

SW1

ON

OFF

Counting speed

Input Mode


2-phase input

SW2

ON

OFF

Input mode

Counting Mode

Decrement mode

Increment mode

SW3

ON

OFF

Counting mode

Counting Memory


Power source reset

SW4

ON

OFF

Counting memory

Output Mode

Hold output

One-shot output

SW5

ON

OFF

Output mode

Operation Mode

Setup mode

Operation mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Operation mode


Key Protection

Do not

SW6

ON

OFF

Key protection


Counting Speed

30 Hz

10k Hz

SW1

ON

OFF

Counting speed

Input Mode


2-phase input

SW2

ON

OFF

Input mode

Counting Mode

Decrement mode

Increment mode

SW3

ON

OFF

Counting mode

Counting Memory


Power source reset

SW4

ON

OFF

Counting memory

Output Mode

Hold output

One-shot output

SW5

ON

OFF

Output mode

Operation Mode

Setup mode

Operation mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Operation mode


Key Protection

Do not

SW6

ON

OFF

Key protection


Counting Speed

30 Hz

10k Hz

SW1

ON

OFF

Counting speed

Input Mode


2-phase input

SW2

ON

OFF

Input mode

Counting Mode

Decrement mode

Increment mode

SW3

ON

OFF

Counting mode

Counting Memory


Power source reset

SW4

ON

OFF

Counting memory

Output Mode

Hold output

One-shot output

SW5

ON

OFF

Output mode

Operation Mode

Setup mode

Operation mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Operation mode


Key Protection

Do not

SW6

ON

OFF

Key protection


Counting Speed

30 Hz

10k Hz

SW1

ON

OFF

Counting speed

Input Mode


2-phase input

SW2

ON

OFF

Input mode

Counting Mode

Decrement mode

Increment mode

SW3

ON

OFF

Counting mode

Counting Memory


Power source reset

SW4

ON

OFF

Counting memory

Output Mode

Hold output

One-shot output

SW5

ON

OFF

Output mode

Operation Mode

Setup mode

Operation mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Operation mode


Key Protection

Do not

SW6

ON

OFF

Key protection


Counting Speed

30 Hz

10k Hz

SW1

ON

OFF

Counting speed

Input Mode


2-phase input

SW2

ON

OFF

Input mode

Counting Mode

Decrement mode

Increment mode

SW3

ON

OFF

Counting mode

Counting Memory


Power source reset

SW4

ON

OFF

Counting memory

Output Mode

Hold output

One-shot output

SW5

ON

OFF

Output mode

Operation Mode

Setup mode

Operation mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Operation mode


Key Protection

Do not

SW6

ON

OFF

Key protection


498

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

■Setup ModeMake settings that cannot be selected with the DIP switches, in the setup mode.

Setup Mode Setting Items(1) Counting speed ………… 200/1 kHz, DIP switch 1(2) Input logic …………… Positive logic, Negative logic(3) Output mode ………… Coincidence output, DIP switch 5(4) Output time …………… Set the one-shot output time from 10 to 9,990

ms (in units of 10 ms).(5) Prescaling …………… 4 digits: 0.001 to 9.999

6 digits: 0.001 to 99.999(6) Magni�cation of prescale … Set the magni�cation of the value set in the

prescale. 1 time, 10 times, 100 times, 1,000 times(7) Digit …………………… Set the number of digits to display on the

counter. 4 digits: 1 to 4 digits 6 digits: 1 to 6 digits

(8) Decimal point ………… Set the decimal marker to any digit.(9) Prediction output ……… Set the offset value for the preset value.

4 digits: 0 to 9,999 6 digits: 0 to 999,999

(10) Reset key protection …… Set the lock for the reset key.(11) Digit key protection …… Set the lock for the digit keys.* Items (3), (4), (7), (9), (10), and (11) are skipped in the total counter.

Switching Between the Setup Mode and the Operation Mode

① When DIP switch 8 is in the ON position and the power is turned on, the setup mode starts.

② When the DIP switch 8 is in the OFF position and the power is turned on, the operation mode starts.

Operation of the setup modeInitialize the setup mode using the menu as shown in the table on the right.(Use the digit keys for all settings.)

- The digits that were selected in the digit selection setting will be available later when setting the decimal point, prediction output, and digit key protection, and only the selected digits can be set.

- If the digit selection setting is changed, the decimal point setting is automatically changed to "no decimal point," the prediction output setting to "0," and the preset value to "5."

- If the default setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press the [RST] key in the operation mode to reset the count value.

- The set contents become effective when moving to the next menu via the [RST] key.

- If the [RST] key is pressed and pressed for 3 seconds or more in the operation mode, the "prediction output setting" screen in the setup mode appears. When the [RST] key is pressed after making a setting, the operation mode screen appears.

* Items ③ ④ ⑦ ⑨ ⑩ and ⑪ are skipped in the total counter.

① Counting speed setting (cps)

To the next menu by pressing the reset key

To the first menu by pressing the reset key

� 1000 1 kHz� 200 200 Hz� dip1 Dip switch 1

123

② Input logic setting (si g)

� pos Positive logic� neg Negative logic

12

③ Output mode setting (c-op)

� eq Coincidence output� dips DIP switch 5

12

Variable from 10 to 9990 ms

4 digits: 0.001 to 9.9996 digits: 0.001 to 99.999

Discrete value display part 0. 1 0 0 s

� 1 0 0 0 1000 times� 1 0 0.0 100 times� 1 0.0 0 10 times� 1.0 0 0 1 time

1234

④ Output time setting (outt)

1Digit key is disabled as the setting is performed in units of 10 ms.

⑦ Digit selection setting (dgt)

The number of digits corresponding to the digit keys is displayed.

6 5 4

Blank

11

3 2 1

1. 0 0 0

⑤ Prescale setting 1 (scL1)

6 5 4 3 2 1

⑥ Prescale setting 2 (scL2)

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

The decimal point appears after the digit number corresponding to the digit key number.Digit key is used for the setting for no decimal point.

0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 06 5 4 3 2 1

0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 06 5 4 3 2 1

1

⑧ Decimal point setting (d.p)

⑩ Reset key protection setting (rpro)

Select whether to lock the reset key or not.Digit key: K/P display part

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

⑪ Digit key protection setting (ppro)

Select the whether to lock each digit key or not.(4 digits: □□□□□/6 digits: □□□□□□□)Digit key: K/P display part

: □□□□□□■ (Lock)/ (Unlock): □□□□□■□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)

1

: ■□□□□□□ (Lock)1: □□□□□□□ (Unlock)2

22: □□□□■□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)3: □□□■□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)4: □□■□□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)5: □■□□□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)6

: Lit when disabled : Enabled when out

Digit key K/P display part: Not use: Use

⑨ Prediction output setting (set )

a

Digit key

Discrete value display part

Digit key


Digit key


Digit key


Digit key

Initial value: 100ms

Initial value: 1.000


Initial value: Maximum digit

Initial value: No decimal point

Initial value: 0

Initial value: Locked


Initial value: 2

Initial value: 2

□

□

□

Initial value: 3

① Counting speed setting (cps)

To the next menu by pressing the reset key


� 1000 1 kHz� 200 200 Hz� dip1 Dip switch 1

123


� pos Positive logic� neg Negative logic

12

③ Output mode setting (c-op)

� eq Coincidence output� dips DIP switch 5

12

Variable from 10 to 9990 ms

4 digits: 0.001 to 9.9996 digits: 0.001 to 99.999

Discrete value display part 0. 1 0 0 s

� 1 0 0 0 1000 times� 1 0 0.0 100 times� 1 0.0 0 10 times� 1.0 0 0 1 time

1234

④ Output time setting (outt)

1Digit key is disabled as the setting is performed in units of 10 ms.

⑦ Digit selection setting (dgt)

The number of digits corresponding to the digit keys is displayed.

6 5 4

Blank

11

3 2 1

1. 0 0 0

⑤ Prescale setting 1 (scL1)

6 5 4 3 2 1

⑥ Prescale setting 2 (scL2)

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

The decimal point appears after the digit number corresponding to the digit key number.Digit key is used for the setting for no decimal point.

0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 06 5 4 3 2 1

0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 06 5 4 3 2 1

1

⑧ Decimal point setting (d.p)

⑩ Reset key protection setting (rpro)


RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

⑪ Digit key protection setting (ppro)

Select the whether to lock each digit key or not.(4 digits: □□□□□/6 digits: □□□□□□□)Digit key: K/P display part


1

: ■□□□□□□ (Lock)1: □□□□□□□ (Unlock)2


: Lit when disabled : Enabled when out


⑨ Prediction output setting (set )

a

Digit key


Digit key


Digit key


Digit key


Digit key




Initial value: Maximum digit


Initial value: 0



Initial value: 2

Initial value: 2

□

□

□

Initial value: 3KCV SeriesEach Part Name and Function

Operation Mode Setup Mode

①

②

499

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

■Operation ModeChanges the Preset ValueChange the preset value from 120 to 240. The preset value becomes effective approx. 1 second after the change is made.

■Positioning by the Encoder InputPosition the conveyer in units of 0.1 mm. To accurately stop the conveyor, output the prediction output 20 mm in front of the preset value.

1.Prescale calculation

2. Switching to the setup mode Set DIP switch 8 in the ON position and turn the power on. (DIP switches

1 to 7 are in the OFF position.)　

3. Change the set contents

4. Switching to the operation mode When setup is completed in the setup mode, turn the power off and set

DIP switch 8 in the OFF position (to the operation mode). (The set contents in the setup mode are written when the power is turned off.)

5. Start the operation mode When a setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press the [RST]

key to reset the count value after the power is turned on.

- Pulley diameter : φ15- Encoder pulse count : 1,000 P/R

Setting Item Settings

Counting Speed 10 kHz*

Input Logic Negative logic*

Output Mode One-shot*

Output Time 100 ms*

Prescaling 0.047

Magnification 10

Digit 6*

Decimal Point Between 1st digit and 2nd digit

Prediction Output 20.0

* Items with an * mark are set before shipment.

KCV SeriesExample of Setting　KCV-6S

K/P

OUT

12

34

56

RST

K/P

OUT

12

34

56

RST

Before Changing

Press the digit key twice.2

K/P

OUT

12

34

56

RST

Press the digit key Once.3

K/P

OUT

12

34

56

RST

Change Complete

Encoder

Motor

Prediction Output (Deceleration)present Output (Suspended)

KCV-6S

K/P

OUT

12

34

56

RST

COUNTER

Control Box

Pulley

Prescaling =

=

= 0.047 mm/pulse

= 0.047×10 (to display in units of 0.1 mm)

Encoder Pulse Countπ×Pulley Diameter (mm)

10003.1416×15

⑤　　　　　　　　 Setting screen

Set the prescale to "0.047." Press the key 9 times, the key 4 times, and the key 7 times to set the prescale to "0.047."

①　　　　　 Setting screen

Change to the initial value.

Counting speed

②　　　　　 Setting screen


Input logic

③ 　　　　　Setting screen


Output mode

④　　　　　 Setting screen


Output time

42

1

⑧　　　　 Setting screen

Display the decimal point between the first and second digits.

Press the key to display the decimal point between the first and second digits.

Decimal point

⑨　　　　　 Setting screen

Set the prediction output to "20."

Press the key twice to set the prediction output to "20.0."

Prediction output

This setting is complete.

2

3

Prescale setting 1

3

⑥　　　　　　　　 Setting screen

Set the magnification to "10."

Press the key once to set the magnification to 10.

Prescale setting 2

Digit⑦　　　 Setting screen


To the next menu by pressing

the reset key

Press the reset key to end

setup.

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

500

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

Counter Overflow Error

Counter Underflow Error

KCV SeriesError Code Display/Option

■Common ErrorsError Code Error Name Error details Corrective Action

Memory data errorThe preset values and the contents of setup mode are changed.

Press the [RST] key and delete the error indication. The discrete value becomes "0", the set value becomes "5000", and the contents of the setup mode revert back to the preshipment defaults.

Decimal Point Blinking

Counter overflow errorCount values have exceeded the display range. The error indication is cancelled if the [RST] key is pressed to reset the

discrete value or if the discrete value returns within the counting range. Inside the counter, the discrete value is correctly counted in the range of -2,147,483.648 to 2,147,483.647.


Minus DisplayCounter underflow error

Count values are below the display range.

■OptionOption Model Number Contents Price

Rubber Gasket KC-48PIf installed between the installation panel and KCV, it prevents the intrusion of water into the control panel.

Open

Front Cover KC-48CIf installed to the front panel, it protects the counter from exposure to dirt, etc. Material: Soft silicon rubber Key operation is enabled with the front cover installed.

Open

カウンタオーバーフローエラー

+1 +1

−1 −1

カウンタアンダーフローエラー

Decimal point blinking

All digits in the display turn to “0”.

Minus Display

Decimal Point Blinking Decimal Point Blinking

Decimal Point Blinkingカウンタオーバーフローエラー

+1 +1

−1 −1

カウンタアンダーフローエラー

Decimal point blinking

All digits in the display turn to “0”.

Minus Display

Decimal Point Blinking Decimal Point Blinking


501

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

■How to Mount and Remove the Main BodyHow to Mount the Main Body How to Mount the Terminal Block and the Terminal Block Cover

How to remove the main body

① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel.

② Attach the mounting frame from the backside.

Mounting Frame: The frame can be mounted both in the longitudinal and transverse directions.

Terminal Block

Body

Fixing Screw

Terminal Block Cover

- As the screw for anchoring the terminal block, only use the anchoring screw used in shipping.- Make sure that the allowable tightening torque is 0.3 Nm.- Mount the terminal block cover after the wiring is completed.

① Pinch the levers to spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards.② Pull out the frame while the levers are spread.

■Precautions in Use(1) The power source 0 V terminal ⑫ and the input common 0 V terminal ⑤ of the DC type are internally short-circuited.

(2) Rather than gradually increasing the supply voltage, apply the rated voltage at once using a switch or relay.

(3) When using the 2-wire DC system proximity sensor, set the input logic to negative logic.

(4) When changing the preset value while counting, the changed preset value becomes effective approx. 1 second after the key input. In the decrement mode, the changed preset value becomes effective when the counting is reset.

　　(Effective preset values are memorized during power failures.)(5) Enter the set contents of the DIP switches and the setup mode in the

data sheet attached to the main body and keep it for maintenance.(6) Do not use the counter in the following environments.

- Any place where the ambient temperature exceeds 50˚C or falls to -10˚C or lower.

- Any place where the ambient humidity exceeds 85% or condensation occurs due to rapid temperature change.

- Any place that is exposed to dust, iron powder, and corrosive gas.- Any place that is exposed to sunlight.- Any place where there are large vibrations or shocks.

(7) When performing a dielectric voltage test or insulation resistance test, separate the main body from the control circuit.

■Cautions in Wiring - Wire cables separately from power lines. - When using the counter in a place where a lot of noise is generated,

separate the main body of the KCV and the wiring from the noise sources as far as possible.

- Do not use an unused terminal as a relay terminal. - It is recommended to use a crimp terminal for connections. - When wiring the cable to the terminals ① and ⑦, if the crimp terminal

has a fork shape, do not attach it diagonally. For diagonal attachment, use a round crimp terminal.

KCV SeriesPrecautions

If the crimp terminal is diagonally attached, the contact with the terminal becomes insufficient.Therefore, attach the crimp terminal horizontally from the side as shown in the figure above.

In the Case of a Forked Crimp Terminal

In the Case of a Round Crimp Terminal




Terminal Block

Body

Fixing Screw







Terminal Block

Body

Fixing Screw




502

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

■Dimensions　 (Unit: mm)

KCV SeriesDimensions

70 or moreMounting Frame

55 o

r m

ore 45

+0.

30

48 +0.20

45+0.30

Square Hole

(Tight Mounting is Possible)

70 o

r m

ore

48

63

48

Mounting Frame

100 (AC Power)

60 (DC Power)

6

44.5

1 to 5: Mounting Panel Thickness

50 10

Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation

1. When the mounting handle direction is in the transverse direction

2. When the mounting handle direction is in the longitudinal direction

Terminal Block Detail Drawing

Main Body of the KCV

Front Cover (Option) KC-48C

* When arranging the counter after attaching the front cover (KC-48C, KC-48P), make the alignment dimension 55 mm or more.

4×7.62=30.487.62

9.5

6.5 1.12

6.5

Conforming cable size : 0.25 to 1.65 mm2

Conforming crimp terminal : R1.25-3Allowable tightening torque : 0.5 Nm

Terminal ScrewM3

Front Cover Outside Dimensions for Mounting

54.1

8.8

50

5054.1

(9.1

)

Space Between the Main Body and the Mounting Panel

1.3

Front Cover

Main Body

Mounting Panel

503

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

Classification Model Number Digit

Retentive Feature for

Power Failure

Counting SpeedPower Supply for Sensors

Supply Voltage Price

Preset Counter

Single preset

Increment type with input/output

display

KCX-1 1 For both 10 Hz and 200 Hz

12 V DC, 50 mA

90 to 132 V AC 180 to 264 V AC

50/60 Hz

Open

KCX-2 2 Open

KCX-3 3 For both 10 Hz and 1 kHz

Open

KCX-4 4 Open

Increment type with numerical

display

KCX-1D 1For both 10 Hz

and 200 Hz

Open

KCX-2D 2 Open

KCX-2DM 2 ● Open

KCX-3D 3

For both 10 Hz and 1 kHz

Open

KCX-3DM 3 ● Open

KCX-4D 4 Open

KCX-4DM 4 ● Open

KCX-5D 5

For both 10 Hz and 5 kHz

Open

KCX-5DM 5 ● Open

KCX-6D 6 Open

KCX-6DM 6 ● Open

Add-subtract type with numerical

display

KCX-B6 6For both 10 Hz

and 20 kHz24 V DC, 80 mA

Open

KCX-B6M 6 ● Open

Double preset(With numerical

display)

Increment type

KCX-3W 3For both 10 Hz

and 2 kHz12 V DC, 50 mA

Open

KCX-4W 4 Open

KCX-4WM 4 ● Open

KCX-5W 5For both 10 Hz

and 5 kHz

Open

KCX-6W 6 Open

KCX-6WM 6 ● Open

Add-subtract typeKCX-B6W 6 For both 10 Hz

and 20 kHz24 V DC,

80mAOpen

KCX-B6WM 6 ● Open

Total Counter Increment type

KCX-4T 4 ● For both 10 Hz and 1 kHz

12 V DC, 50 mA

Open


Open


Open

Add-subtract type KCX-B6T 6 ● For both 10 Hz and 20 kHz

24 V DC, 80 mA

Open

(Accessories) Mounting brackets, dust cover

KCX SeriesList of Model Numbers

504

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-□,□D/DMFeatures

Green Counter Increment Type, Single Preset- Maximum counting speed For 1 and 2 digits: for both 10 Hz and 200 Hz For 3 and 4 digits: for both 10 Hz and 1 kHz For 5 and 6 digits: for both 10 Hz and 5 kHz- The 1 to 6-digit preset electronic counter uses an easy-to-see, bright

green color for the numerical display and the input/output display. The electronic counter features various user-friendly functions including thorough dust prevention measures and power failure measures.

■FeaturesEasy-to-see Green DisplayAn easy-to-see green display is used for the numerical display and the input/output display (The numerical display is a green LED with a character height of 8 mm.)

Equipped with a Dust Cover as a Standard FeatureAll models are equipped with a dust cover as a standard feature, and the setter can be operated from outside the dust cover.

Improved Space FactorAll models for 1 digit to 6 digits have a small design with the front outer shape being DIN size (72 x 72 mm) and an overall depth of 103.5 mm.


Built-in Power Source for SensorsAll models for 1 digit to 6 digits have a built-in 12 V DC, 50 mA power source for sensors and, therefore, can be directly connected to sensors such as proximity sensors, photoelectronic sensors, and rotary encoders.

Wide Variable Range for Output TimeIn the case of speci�c time output operation (A-type operation), the output time can be varied from 50 to 1,000 ms using the volume on the front part of the counter. Moreover, by installing a capacitor on the terminal, the output time can be increased to up to 10 s.

　For Both A-type (Specific Time Output) and B-type (Self-holding Output)The A-type operation and the B-type operation can be switched by changing the connection of the terminal.

Six Kinds of Operation ModesThe best operation mode can be selected.

A Wide Range of Supply VoltageThe supply voltage covers 90 to 132 V AC and 180 to 264 V AC.

Counting Input can be Prohibited.By applying input to the counting input inhibit terminal, counting input can be interrupted to stop counting.

For Both Embedded and Surface-Mount InstallationIn the case of embedded installation, the counter can be attached to the panel simply by tightening the dedicated mounting bracket from the back side. In the case of surface-mount installation, the counter can be mounted to and removed from the F terminal (terminal block) by one-touch operation.

Dust Cover

Digital Switch

DedicatedMounting Brackets

B Stand (Terminal Block) or Connector

Stand F (Terminal Block)

Body

With input/output displayWith numerical display

505

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

■Specifications

Model Number

With Input/Output Display

Standard KCX-1 KCX-2 KCX-3 KCX-4

With Numerical Display

Standard KCX-1D KCX-2D KCX-3D KCX-4D KCX-5D KCX-6D

Power Failure Memory Type

KCX-2DM KCX-3DM KCX-4DM KCX-5DM KCX-6DM

Digit 1 digit 2 digits 3 digits 4 digits 5 digits 6 digits

Operation Format For both A-type (Specific time output type, automatic reset) and B-type (Output holding type)

Count Input

Contact input Non-contact input Contact input Non-contact input Contact input Non-contact input

Maximum counting speed 10 Hz 200 Hz 10 Hz 1 kHz 10 Hz 5 kHz

Minimum pulse width 50 ms 2.5 ms 50 ms 0.5 ms 50 ms 0.1 ms

Input resistance 6 kΩ 12 kΩ 6 kΩ 12 kΩ 6 kΩ 12 kΩ

Input voltage "L" 0 to 2 V/"H" 6 to 30 V

External Reset

Response timeDelay ON time: 20 ms Delay OFF time: 4 ms

Delay ON time: 10 ms Delay OFF time: 2 ms

Delay ON time: 5 ms Delay OFF time: 1 ms

Input resistance 6 kΩ

Input voltage "L" 0 to 2 V/"H" 6 to 30 V

Automatic Reset Reset time 5 ms or less 1 ms or less 0.2 ms or less

Power Source Reset*1

Power supply shutdown time

Minimum of 0.2 s is required.

Reset time 0.2 s or less

Voltage Output*2

Output resistance 1.2 kΩ (No-load voltage 12 V)

Output current Source: 2.5 mA　Sink: 8.0 mA

Withstand voltage 45 V

Output time A-type: (Variable), B-type: Self-holding

Contact Output

Contact capacity 250 V AC　2 A

Number of circuits Transfer 1 circuit (1c)

Output time A-type: (Variable), B-type: Self-holding

Electrical life 1 million times or more (250 V AC resistance load)

Mechanical life 1 million times or more

Input/Output Response Time*3

10 Hz 200 Hz 10 Hz 1 kHz 10 Hz 5kHz

Voltage Output Approx. 10 ms Approx. 4 ms Approx. 10 ms Approx. 0.8 ms Approx. 10 ms Approx. 0.15 ms

Contact output Approx. 20 ms Approx. 14 ms Approx. 20 ms Approx. 10 ms Approx. 20 ms Approx. 10 ms

Power Failure Memory Function

EEPROM　Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more

Storage time 10 years

Input gate response time when power failure occurs*4*5

Typ, 70 ms

Input gate response time when the power returns*6 Typ, 120 ms


12 V ±2 V DC　50 mA　Ripple 5% (rms) or lower

Withstand Voltage 2kV AC　1 min (Between AC power supply terminal, E terminal, and relay contact terminal)

Insulation Resistance 500 V DC　20 MΩ or higher

Vibration ResistanceCompliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm, 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm, 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions

Supply Voltage 90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V　50/60 Hz

Power Consumption With numerical display: Approx. 5 VA　With input/output display: Approx. 3 VA

Use Ambient Temperature(When Operated)

Power-on: 0 to +40˚C Memory storage: -10 to +50˚C

Storage Temperature -20 to +55˚C

Use / Storage Ambient Humidity

35 to 85% RH (No condensation)

Noise Resistance*7 1 μs width, square-wave pulse, 1 kV

Weight 0.5 kg

KCX-□,□D/DMSpecifications

506

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-□,□D/DMSpecifications

Precautions (See the previous page.)

*1 The power source reset is applied to models except the power failure memory types (KCX-1 to 4, KCX-1D to 6D).

The "reset time" of the power source reset refers to the time when counting is disabled when the power is turned on.

*2 Voltage output (Non-contact output) When connected to a 12 V system《P load》

When connected to a 12 V system《N load》

When connected to a 24 V system

*3 The time from the generation of the �nal pulse of the input signal that reaches the set value in the counting input terminal to the output of the counter.

*4 The power failure detecting circuit starts operating simultaneously with a power failure, and stops the function of each input circuit (counting and reset input) after a certain period of time, and prevents the counting or reset operation even if an input signal is added.

The "input gate response time when power failure occurs" refers to the time until the functions of each input circuit stop. Each input circuit performs normal operation during this time.

　*5 During a power failure, the functions of each input circuit are stopped.

When the power returns, however, each input circuit resumes normal operation by the function of the detection circuit.

The "input gate response time when the power returns" refers to the time until each input circuit resumes normal operation and can start receiving the counting input and the reset input after the power is returned.

*6 Other than these tests, we confirm the functions by our original test methods including electrostatic discharge tests, inductive load switching tests, and electromagnetic switch oscillation tests in order to ensure safe operation.

+12 V

Source 2.4 kΩ 6 V or higher

+12 V

0.8 V or lowerSink

+12 to +14 V

2kΩ

+12 V

Sink

+24 V

Vc

Vc≦3 V when the sink current is 20 mA

+12 V


+12 V

0.8 V or lowerSink

+12 to +14 V

2kΩ

+12 V

Sink

+24 V

Vc


+12 V


+12 V

0.8 V or lowerSink

+12 to +14 V

2kΩ

+12 V

Sink

+24 V

Vc


A

B

C

D

Contact Input

Non-contact InputKCX

Voltage Output (Non-contact Output)

Contact Output

A/B

C

D

t1

t2

t1: Non-contact Output response

t2: Contact Output response

507

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-□,□D/DMOperation

■OperationA-type Operation (Specific Time Output Operation)- When the number of input pulse signals reaches the preset value (count-

up), the output is produced.- The output time is approx. 50 to 1,000 ms (volume variable).- If the counter counts up, the counting circuit and the counting display (for

the models equipped with a numerical display) are automatically reset, and the operation can be repeated.

- Output is also reset by external reset during output time.

《Retentive memory type》 When resetting the counting: Add the external reset signal.

《Normal type》 When resetting the counting: ① add the external reset signal.

Or shut down the power source ② temporarily (0.2 s or longer).

■A-Type/B-Type Operation Switching Connection Method

When terminal ④ (E) and terminal ⑤ (CH1) are connected, the counter performs the B-type operation, and if they are not connected, the counter performs the A-type operation. In the case of B-type operation (terminals ④ and ⑤ are connected), if the counter counts up, models equipped with a numerical display reset the counting display to 0. To prevent the counting display from being reset, connect terminals ④, ⑤ and ⑥. In this way, if the counter counts up, the counting display does not become 0, and if an input is added, it is counted for the count-up display.

　B-type Operation (Self-holding Output Operation)- If the number of input pulse signals reaches the preset value (count-up),

the output is produced and held. - In the case of the models equipped with a numerical display, if terminal ④

(E), terminal ⑤ (CH1) and terminal ⑥ (CH2) are connected, the counting display is not reset even if the counter counts up, and if the input signal is added, it is counted for the count-up display. However, when terminal ④ (E) and terminal ⑤ (CH1) are connected, if the counter counts up, the counting display is reset to 0. (See the "A-type /B-type operation switching connection method".)

《Retentive memory type》 When resetting the output signal and counting: Add the external reset signal.

《Normal type》 When resetting the output signal and counting: ①Add the external reset signal.


Set Value

Discrete Value(Indicated Value)

ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input

Approx. 50 to 1000 ms

ONOFF

Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input


t≧0.2 s

t≧0.2 s

ONOFF

ONOFF

Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input

Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input

ONOFF

t≧0.2 s

A 停電記憶形の場合

A 標準形の場合

B 停電記憶形の場合

B 標準形の場合

Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input


ONOFF

Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input


t≧0.2 s

t≧0.2 s

ONOFF

ONOFF

Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input

Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input

ONOFF

t≧0.2 s





Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input


ONOFF

Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input


t≧0.2 s

t≧0.2 s

ONOFF

ONOFF

Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input

Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input

ONOFF

t≧0.2 s





Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input


ONOFF

Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input


t≧0.2 s

t≧0.2 s

ONOFF

ONOFF

Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input

Set Value


ExternalReset Input

Output

Power Source

Count Input

ONOFF

t≧0.2 s





2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 cps)

IN (High Speed)

E

CH2

CH1

R

(Counter)

Type B Operation

508

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

■Terminal AssignmentWith I/O Indicators

Terminal Number

Symbol Description

1 +12 V Power source for sensor

2 IN (10 Hz) Counting input for low speed

3 IN Counting input for high speed*1

4 E Ground*2 (Capacitor )

5 CHSwitching specific time output/ Holding output (Capacitor )

6 Not connected

7 R External reset input

8 OUT Non-contact output

9 COM.

Relay contact output 10 N.O.

11 N.C.

12 180 to 264 V AC

AC power input13 90 to 132 V AC

14 0 V AC

Models with a Numerical DisplayTerminal Number

Symbol Description



3 IN Counting input for high speed*1

4 E Ground*2 (Capacitor )

5 CH1Switching specific time output/ Holding output (Capacitor )

6 CH2Switching automatic reset / Non-automatic reset



9 COM.

Relay contact output 10 N.O.

11 N.C.

12 180 to 264 V AC


14 0 V AC

*1　See Specifications. *2　Capacitor connection terminal for output time extension.

■Terminal ConnectionsConnection of Counting Input1. In the case of contact input signals

2. In the case of no-contact input signals The counting input can be selected from low-speed input and high-speed input.

3. Connection to the open collector output The counting becomes the reverse action. (Counting when the open collector output changes

from ON to OFF)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

R

Reset Input

Count Input(ON: Count)

(ON: Reset)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

CountingSignal

12 V

Count Input

Reset InputResetSignal

(Low Speed)

(High Speed)

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

12 V

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

PLC

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

1. 接点入力信号の場合

2. 無接点入力信号の場合

3.オープンコレクタ出力との接続

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)2 mA

2

1

A

B

A BInput Voltage Input Circuit

T1 T0

ton toff

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

R

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

CountingSignal

12 V

Count Input


(Low Speed)

(High Speed)

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

12 V

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

PLC

2

1

3

4

5

6

7




+12 V

IN (10 Hz)2 mA

2

1

A

B


T1 T0

ton toff

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

R

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

CountingSignal

12 V

Count Input


(Low Speed)

(High Speed)

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

12 V

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

PLC

2

1

3

4

5

6

7




+12 V

IN (10 Hz)2 mA

2

1

A

B


T1 T0

ton toff

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

KCX-□,□D/DMConnection

509

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

　Connection of the Output1. Contact output Electric current is applied to load A and is not applied to load B when counting is completed.

2. Non-contact output 《Source load》

《Sink load》 In this operation, the current �ows in when the output is in the "L" state. This operation is reversed from the normal open collector output, and the output becomes "H"

when the counter counts up.

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

COM

N.O.

N.C.

Load A

Load B

Power Source for Load

E

OUT(+)

(− )

2.5 mA or lower

Non-contact Output VoltageL: 0.8 V or lowerH: 6 V or higher

2.4 kΩ or higher

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

E

OUT(+)

(− )

20 mA or lower

Non-contact Output VoltageL: 2 V or lower

45 V or lowerRL

E

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

接点出力の場合

無接点出力の場合《ソース負荷の場合》

《シンク負荷の場合》

Load

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

COM

N.O.

N.C.

Load A

Load B


E

OUT(+)

(− )

2.5 mA or lower


2.4 kΩ or higher

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

E

OUT(+)

(− )

20 mA or lower


45 V or lowerRL

E

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7




Load

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

COM

N.O.

N.C.

Load A

Load B


E

OUT(+)

(− )

2.5 mA or lower


2.4 kΩ or higher

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

E

OUT(+)

(− )

20 mA or lower


45 V or lowerRL

E

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7




Load

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)


　Contact input (1) When used as shown in the �gure below, the voltage and current that

�ow through the contact point are around 2 mA. Therefore, the use of the contact point for minute electric current improves reliability. Since the contact point of the electromagnetic switch is designed for large current and high voltage, it is not suitable for use for contact input of the counter.

(2) The input response of the counting input terminal ② (10 Hz) has the following characteristics.

Since the values above are standard values, T1 and T0 should have values more than 3 times the values above for actual input signals.Example) Contact input using the power source for sensor (12 V DC) T1: 24 ms or more, T0: 24 ms or more are required.

Input Voltage Delay ON Time (ton) Delay OFF Time (toff)

6 V 16 ms 4 ms

12 V 8 ms 8 ms

30 V 3 ms 23 ms

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

R

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

CountingSignal

12 V

Count Input


(Low Speed)

(High Speed)

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

12 V

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

PLC

2

1

3

4

5

6

7




+12 V

IN (10 Hz)2 mA

2

1

A

B


T1 T0

ton toff

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

R

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

CountingSignal

12 V

Count Input


(Low Speed)

(High Speed)

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

12 V

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

PLC

2

1

3

4

5

6

7




+12 V

IN (10 Hz)2 mA

2

1

A

B


T1 T0

ton toff

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

510

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM


　Simple Input Inhibit Method Using an Unused Input TerminalIf the contact point is closed and the input is forcibly applied to terminal ②, the sensor is prohibited from counting.However, when the sensor output (terminal ③) is in the "L" state, if the contact point of input inhibit is closed, the count increases by 1 pulse.

How to Prohibit Counting when Output is ProducedWhen using the sensor at high speed, wire the cables as shown by the dotted lines.(Diode: Equivalent to Hitachi 1S2076)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

Proximity Sensor,Photoelectric Sensor,Rotary Encoder, etc.

Red (Brown)

(For Reset)

Black (Blue)

Black (Blue)

Red(Brown)

White (Black)

White (Black)

(Low speed)

High speed


(For Counting)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

Input Inhibit

Sensor

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

IN (High Speed)

E

IN (High Speed)

E

R

12 V

CountingSignal

R≦ ─ (kΩ)

N: Numbers of counter that can be connected in parallel.N12

3

4

3

4

+12 V

IN (10Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

OUT

Sensor

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

E

Count Input

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

E

2

1

4

2

1

4

センサを直結する場合

カウンタを並列稼働させる場合1. 接点入力信号の場合


入力空き端子を利用した簡易入力禁止の方法

出力発生時に計数を禁止する方法

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R


Red (Brown)

(For Reset)

Black (Blue)

Black (Blue)

Red(Brown)

White (Black)

White (Black)

(Low speed)

High speed


(For Counting)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

Input Inhibit

Sensor

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

IN (High Speed)

E

IN (High Speed)

E

R

12 V

CountingSignal

R≦ ─ (kΩ)


3

4

3

4

+12 V

IN (10Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

OUT

Sensor

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

E

Count Input

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

E

2

1

4

2

1

4






(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

■Example of ConnectionWhen Directly Connected to the SensorsA consumption current of +12 V should be 50 mA or less in total.

When Operating the Counters in Parallel1. In the case of contact input signals

2. In the case of no-contact input signals

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R


Red (Brown)

(For Reset)

Black (Blue)

Black (Blue)

Red(Brown)

White (Black)

White (Black)

(Low speed)

High speed


(For Counting)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

Input Inhibit

Sensor

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

IN (High Speed)

E

IN (High Speed)

E

R

12 V

CountingSignal

R≦ ─ (kΩ)


3

4

3

4

+12 V

IN (10Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

OUT

Sensor

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

E

Count Input

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

E

2

1

4

2

1

4






(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R


Red (Brown)

(For Reset)

Black (Blue)

Black (Blue)

Red(Brown)

White (Black)

White (Black)

(Low speed)

High speed


(For Counting)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

Input Inhibit

Sensor

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

IN (High Speed)

E

IN (High Speed)

E

R

12 V

CountingSignal

R≦ ─ (kΩ)


3

4

3

4

+12 V

IN (10Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

OUT

Sensor

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

E

Count Input

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

E

2

1

4

2

1

4






(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R


Red (Brown)

(For Reset)

Black (Blue)

Black (Blue)

Red(Brown)

White (Black)

White (Black)

(Low speed)

High speed


(For Counting)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

Input Inhibit

Sensor

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

IN (High Speed)

E

IN (High Speed)

E

R

12 V

CountingSignal

R≦ ─ (kΩ)


3

4

3

4

+12 V

IN (10Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

OUT

Sensor

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

E

Count Input

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

E

2

1

4

2

1

4






(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

511

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

■List of Operation ModesIn the case of models with a numerical display, six operation modes are enabled as shown below.

OutputDiscrete Value

When Counting Up Prohibition of Counting

Input During Output

Timing ChartTerminal

ConnectionsHolding Output

Switching Specific Time

OutputReset No Reset

● ●

● ● ④-⑤-⑥

● ● ④-⑤

● ● ●②-⑧* or ③-⑧

● ● ●

②-⑧* or ③-⑧ ④-⑤-⑥

● ● ●

②-⑧* or ③-⑧ ④-⑤

* If the voltage terminal (terminal ⑧) is connected to the low speed input terminal (terminal ②), until the input is prohibited after counting up, the counter has the same responsivity as the low speed input terminal.


Specific Time

Input Counting

Output

Count Up

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up

Set Value is Maintained.

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up

B-type Operation

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up

SpecificTime

A-type Operation

Input Counting

Output

Specific Time

Input Counting

Output

Count Up

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up


Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up

B-type Operation

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up

SpecificTime

A-type Operation

Input Counting

Output

Specific Time

Input Counting

Output

Count Up

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up


Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up

B-type Operation

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up

SpecificTime

A-type Operation

Input Counting

Output

Specific Time

Input Counting

Output

Count Up

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up


Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up

B-type Operation

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up

SpecificTime

A-type Operation

Input Counting

Output

Specific Time

Input Counting

Output

Count Up

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up


Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up

B-type Operation

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up

SpecificTime

A-type Operation

Input Counting

Output

Specific Time

Input Counting

Output

Count Up

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up


Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up

B-type Operation

Input Counting

Output

External Reset

Count Up

SpecificTime

A-type Operation

Input Counting

Output

512

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-□W/WMFeatures

Green Counter Increment Type, Double Preset- Maximum counting speed For 3 and 4 digits: for both 10 Hz and 2 kHz For 5 and 6 digits: for both 10 Hz and 5 kHz- The 3 to 6-digit double preset electronic counter uses an

easy-to-see, bright green color for the numerical display. The electronic counter consolidates various functions in its compact body,

including thorough dust prevention measures and power failure measures.

■FeaturesEasy-to-see Green DisplayThe numerical display is an easy-to-see green display.(Green LED with 8 mm high characters)

Miniature (All Models: DIN Size 72 x 72 mm)All 3-digit to 6-digit models are compact with the front outer shape being DIN size (72 x 72 mm) and the overall depth 103.5 mm.




A Wide Range of Supply VoltageThe KCX-□W/WM has a wide range of input voltages from 4.5 to 30 V DC and supports input sources from 5 to 24 V systems. Moreover, one model can cover a supply voltage of 90 to 132 V AC and 180 to 264 V AC, thus can be used across a wide range of supply voltages.

Wide Variable Range for Output TimeIn the case of the speci�c time output (A-type operation), the output time can be varied from approx. 50 to 1,000 ms using the volume on the back of the counter.

For the Specific Time Output Type and the Self Holding Output TypeSpecific time output (A-type operation) and self-holding output (B-type operation) can be switched from a switch on the back.

　For Both Low Speed Input and High Speed InputLow speed input (10 Hz) and high speed input (3- to 4-digit = 2 kHz, 5- to 6-digit = 5 kHz) can be switched from a switch on the back.

　

Built-in Power Source for SensorsSince the counter has a 12 V DC, 50mA built-in power source for sensors, it can be connected to proximity sensors, photoelectronic sensors, and rotary encoders.


Dust Cover




Body

1

AB

2

Output Time Adjustment Volume

Counting Speed Changing SwitchOperation Mode Changing Switch

Switch 1 Switch 2

Operation mode Counting speed

A A-type operation 2 kHz3･4 W 4 WM

5 kHz5･6 W 6 WM

B B-type operation 10 Hz

513

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

■SpecificationsModel Number

Standard KCX-3W KCX-4W KCX-5W KCX-6W

Retentive Memory Type KCX-4WM KCX-6WM

Digit 3 digits 4 digits 5 digits 6 digits

Operation FormatFirst set: Only B type (Self-holding output) Second set: A type (Specific time output)Can be switched to B type (Back side switch).

Count Input

Maximum counting speed10 Hz　

Changed by switch

2 kHz10 Hz　

Changed by switch

5 kHz

Minimum pulse width10 Hz: 50 ms 2 kHz: 0.25 ms

10 Hz: 50 ms 5 kHz: 0.1 ms


Input voltage "L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V


Response timeOn delay: 0.25 ms or less Off delay: 0.25 ms or less

On delay: 0.1 ms or less Off delay: 0.1 ms or less



External Reset

Response timeOn delay: 10 ms or less Off delay: 2 ms or less

On delay: 4 ms or less Off delay: 0.8 ms or less



Automatic Reset Reset time 0.5 ms or less 0.2 ms or less

Power Source Reset (KCX-3 to 6W)


200 ms or more

Reset time 200 ms or less

Voltage Output

Output resistance 1.2 kΩ (No-load voltage 12 V)

Output current Source: 2.5 mA　Sink: 8 mA

Withstand voltage 45 V

Output time 50 ms to 1s

Contact Output

Contact capacity 250 V AC　2A

Number of circuits 1 make (1c)

Output time 50 ms to 1s

Mechanical life 10 million times or more (Resistance load)

Electrical life 1 million times or more (Resistance load)

Input/Output Response Time

Voltage Output10 Hz: 10 ms 2 kHz: 0.4 ms

10 Hz: 10 ms 5 kHz: 0.15 ms

Contact output10 Hz: 20 ms 2 kHz: 10 ms

10 Hz: 20 ms 5 kHz: 10 ms

Power Failure Memory Function KCX-4WM KCX-6WM



Input gate response time when power failure occurs

200 ms or less

Input gate response time when the power returns

200 ms or less

Power Source for Sensor DC 12 V ±2 V　50 mA　Ripple 5% (rms) or lower

Supply Voltage 90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V AC　50/60 Hz　Approx. 5.5 VA

Use Ambient Temperature


Storage Temperature -20 to +55˚C



Weight 0.5 kg

Withstand Voltage 2kV AC　1 min (Between AC power supply terminal, E terminal, and relay contact terminal)

Insulation Resistance 500 V DC　20 MΩ or higher

Vibration ResistanceCompliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm　10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm　10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions

KCX-□W/WMSpecifications

514

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-□W/WMOperation

■OperationA-type Operation (Specific Time Output Operation)- Counting is enabled 0.2 sec after the power is turned on.- If an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to counting inhibit input terminal ③

during counting, the counting input can be interrupted to stop counting.- If the counting inhibit input is removed, counting will resume. When the counting input number reaches the �rst set value (count up),

output is produced. Since the �rst set output is only for B-type operation, the output is retained by itself.

- When the counting input number reaches the second set value, the second set output is produced. At this time, when the counter counts up, the counting circuit and the counting display are automatically and simultaneously reset, thus counting will resume.

- At the same time that the second set output becomes 0, the first set output also becomes 0.

- If an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to external reset input terminal ⑦ during counting, the discrete value is reset to 0. Moreover, at this time, if the counter counts up in the �rst setting or both the �rst and second setting, the output is also reset.

- The KCX-□WM has a power failure memory function that can memorize the discrete value and the output state if the power is shut down.

- In the case of the KCX-□W, if the power is supplied after being shut down for 0.2 sec or longer, the power source reset circuit operates to reset the discrete value and the output.

《Normal type》 When resetting the counting: ①Add the external reset signal.



　B-type Operation (Self-holding Output Operation)- Counting is enabled 0.2 sec after the power is turned on.- If an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to counting inhibit input terminal ③

during counting, the counting input can be interrupted to stop counting.- If the counting inhibit input is removed, counting will resume. When the counting input number reaches the �rst set value (count up),

output is produced. Since the �rst set output is only for B-type operation, the output is retained by itself.

- When the counting input number reaches the second set value, the second set output is produced and retained by itself.

- When an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied the external reset input terminal ⑦, the discrete value and the output are reset.

- The KCX-□WM has a power failure memory function that can memorize the discrete value and the output state if the power is shut down.

- In the case of KCX-□W, if the power is supplied after being shut down for 0.2 sec or longer, the power source reset circuit operates to reset the discrete value and the output.

《Normal type》 When resetting the counting: ①Add the external reset signal.



Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output

Discrete Value

50 ms to 1 s

Second Set Value

First Set Value

t≧0.2 s

t≧0.2 s

Power Source

Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output

Discrete Value

Power Source

Second Set ValueFirst Set Value

50 ms to 1 s

Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output

Discrete Value

Power Source


t≧0.2 s

t≧0.2 s

Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output





Discrete Value

Power Source


A型動作　標準型

A型動作　停電記憶型

B型動作　標準型

B型動作　停電記憶型

Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output

Discrete Value

50 ms to 1 s

Second Set Value

First Set Value

t≧0.2 s

t≧0.2 s

Power Source

Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output

Discrete Value

Power Source


50 ms to 1 s

Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output

Discrete Value

Power Source


t≧0.2 s

t≧0.2 s

Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output





Discrete Value

Power Source






Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output

Discrete Value

50 ms to 1 s

Second Set Value

First Set Value

t≧0.2 s

t≧0.2 s

Power Source

Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output

Discrete Value

Power Source


50 ms to 1 s

Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output

Discrete Value

Power Source


t≧0.2 s

t≧0.2 s

Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output





Discrete Value

Power Source






Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output

Discrete Value

50 ms to 1 s

Second Set Value

First Set Value

t≧0.2 s

t≧0.2 s

Power Source

Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output

Discrete Value

Power Source


50 ms to 1 s

Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output

Discrete Value

Power Source


t≧0.2 s

t≧0.2 s

Count Input


First Set Output

Second Set Output





Discrete Value

Power Source






515

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

　Connection of the Output1. Contact output The contact output allows only a-contact for both the �rst setting and the second setting.

2. Non-contact output 《Source load》

《Sink load》

Connection of a Counting Prohibit Input1. In the case of contact input signals If counting is prohibited for the contact signal, the counting input can be used

only for low-speed input.

2. In the case of no-contact input signals

■Terminal AssignmentTerminal Number

Symbol Description


2 INCount Input (Low speed / High speed switch change)

3 INH Disabled count input

4 E Ground

5 OUT1 Non-contact output

6 OUT2 Non-contact output


8OUT1 Contact output (a-contact)

9

10OUT2 Contact output (a-contact)

11

12 180 to 264 V AC


14 0 V AC

KCX-□W/WMConnection

■Terminal ConnectionsConnection of Counting Input1. In the case of contact input signals Change the switch setting on the back to low speed input (10 Hz).


When used as shown in the �gure below, the voltage and current that �ow through the contact point are around 2 mA. Therefore, the use of the contact point for minute electric current improves reliability. Since the contact point of the electromagnetic switch is designed for large current and high voltage, it is not suitable for use for contact input of the counter.

+12 V

IN (10Hz)

R

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

Count Input接点入力信号

Count Input無接点入力信号

出力接続無接点出力　ソース負荷

出力接続接点出力

出力接続無接点出力　シンク負荷

計数禁止入力接点出力　


Count Input

+12 V

IN

E

R

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

KCX2 mA2

1

LoadPower Source for LoadOUT1

OUT2Load


8

9

10

11

12

13

14

E

OUT2

OUT1Load

Load

2.5 mA or lower

2.5 mA or lower

L: 0.8 V or lower

H: 6 V or higher

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)Count Input

Disabled Count Input(ON: Counting is Prohibited.)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

INCountInput

Transistor OFF: Counting is Prohibited.

CountingSignal

12 V

4.7 kΩor lower 2

1

3

4

5

6

7

OUT2

OUT1

Load

Load

8 mA(Up to 20 mA)

8 mA (Up to 20 mA)

45 Vor lower

L: 0.8 V or lowerWhen the sink current is 20 mA: 3 V or lower

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10Hz)

R

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7








Count Input

+12 V

IN

E

R

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

KCX2 mA2

1


OUT2Load


8

9

10

11

12

13

14

E

OUT2

OUT1Load

Load

2.5 mA or lower

2.5 mA or lower

L: 0.8 V or lower

H: 6 V or higher

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V



2

1

3

4

5

6

7

INCountInput


CountingSignal

12 V

4.7 kΩor lower 2

1

3

4

5

6

7

OUT2

OUT1

Load

Load

8 mA(Up to 20 mA)

8 mA (Up to 20 mA)

45 Vor lower


2

1

3

4

5

6

7

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10Hz)

R

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7








Count Input

+12 V

IN

E

R

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

KCX2 mA2

1


OUT2Load


8

9

10

11

12

13

14

E

OUT2

OUT1Load

Load

2.5 mA or lower

2.5 mA or lower

L: 0.8 V or lower

H: 6 V or higher

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V



2

1

3

4

5

6

7

INCountInput


CountingSignal

12 V

4.7 kΩor lower 2

1

3

4

5

6

7

OUT2

OUT1

Load

Load

8 mA(Up to 20 mA)

8 mA (Up to 20 mA)

45 Vor lower


2

1

3

4

5

6

7

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10Hz)

R

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7








Count Input

+12 V

IN

E

R

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

KCX2 mA2

1


OUT2Load


8

9

10

11

12

13

14

E

OUT2

OUT1Load

Load

2.5 mA or lower

2.5 mA or lower

L: 0.8 V or lower

H: 6 V or higher

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V



2

1

3

4

5

6

7

INCountInput


CountingSignal

12 V

4.7 kΩor lower 2

1

3

4

5

6

7

OUT2

OUT1

Load

Load

8 mA(Up to 20 mA)

8 mA (Up to 20 mA)

45 Vor lower


2

1

3

4

5

6

7

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10Hz)

R

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7








Count Input

+12 V

IN

E

R

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

KCX2 mA2

1


OUT2Load


8

9

10

11

12

13

14

E

OUT2

OUT1Load

Load

2.5 mA or lower

2.5 mA or lower

L: 0.8 V or lower

H: 6 V or higher

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V



2

1

3

4

5

6

7

INCountInput


CountingSignal

12 V

4.7 kΩor lower 2

1

3

4

5

6

7

OUT2

OUT1

Load

Load

8 mA(Up to 20 mA)

8 mA (Up to 20 mA)

45 Vor lower


2

1

3

4

5

6

7

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10Hz)

R

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7








Count Input

+12 V

IN

E

R

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

KCX2 mA2

1


OUT2Load


8

9

10

11

12

13

14

E

OUT2

OUT1Load

Load

2.5 mA or lower

2.5 mA or lower

L: 0.8 V or lower

H: 6 V or higher

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V



2

1

3

4

5

6

7

INCountInput


CountingSignal

12 V

4.7 kΩor lower 2

1

3

4

5

6

7

OUT2

OUT1

Load

Load

8 mA(Up to 20 mA)

8 mA (Up to 20 mA)

45 Vor lower


2

1

3

4

5

6

7

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10Hz)

R

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7








Count Input

+12 V

IN

E

R

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

KCX2 mA2

1


OUT2Load


8

9

10

11

12

13

14

E

OUT2

OUT1Load

Load

2.5 mA or lower

2.5 mA or lower

L: 0.8 V or lower

H: 6 V or higher

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V



2

1

3

4

5

6

7

INCountInput


CountingSignal

12 V

4.7 kΩor lower 2

1

3

4

5

6

7

OUT2

OUT1

Load

Load

8 mA(Up to 20 mA)

8 mA (Up to 20 mA)

45 Vor lower


2

1

3

4

5

6

7

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10Hz)

R

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7








Count Input

+12 V

IN

E

R

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

KCX2 mA2

1


OUT2Load


8

9

10

11

12

13

14

E

OUT2

OUT1Load

Load

2.5 mA or lower

2.5 mA or lower

L: 0.8 V or lower

H: 6 V or higher

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

+12 V



2

1

3

4

5

6

7

INCountInput


CountingSignal

12 V

4.7 kΩor lower 2

1

3

4

5

6

7

OUT2

OUT1

Load

Load

8 mA(Up to 20 mA)

8 mA (Up to 20 mA)

45 Vor lower


2

1

3

4

5

6

7

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

(Counter)

516

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-□TFeatures

Green Display Total Counter- Maximum counting speed KCX-4T: for both 10 Hz and 1 kHz KCX-6T: for both 10 Hz and 5 kHz KCX-8T: for both 10 Hz and 10 kHz- An easy-to-see, bright green color is used for the numerical display. The total counter realizes enhanced usability with a wide range of

voltages and plethora of functions.

■FeaturesEasy-to-see Green DisplayThe numerical display is an easy-to-see green display.(Green LED with 8 mm high characters)



A Wide Range of Supply VoltageSince the KCX-□T has a wide input voltage range of 4.5 to 30 V DC, it can support TTL level to the input source of a 24 V DC system. Moreover, one model can cover the supply voltages of 90 to 132 V AC and 180 to 264 V AC, thus can be used for a wide range of supply voltages.

Latch FunctionsBy adding input to the latch input terminal, the discrete value at that time can be latched and displayed. When the latch input is removed, the current discrete value is displayed.

Manual Reset can be Prohibited.The functions of the front manual reset button can be prohibited to prevent misoperation.

Zero Suppression FunctionUnnecessary 0 (zeros) of high-order digits are not displayed.

Built-in Power Source for SensorsSince the counter has a 12 V DC, 50 mA built-in power source for sensors, it can be connected to proximity sensors, photoelectronic sensors, and rotary encoders.

　Equipped with a Dust Cover as a Standard FeatureEquipped with dustproof, waterproof cover as a standard feature. The reset button can be operated from outside the cover.





Body

Dust Cover

517

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-□TSpecifications

■SpecificationsModel Number KCX-4T KCX-6T KCX-8T

Digit 4 digits 6 digits 8 digits

Count Input

Maximum counting speed For both 10 Hz/1 kHz For both 10 Hz/5 kHz For both 10 Hz/10 kHz

Minimum pulse width 10 Hz: 50 ms　1 kHz: 0.5 ms 10 Hz: 50 ms　5kHz: 0.1 ms 10 Hz: 50 ms　10 kHz: 50 μs

Input resistance 10 Hz: 6 kΩ　1 kHz: 12 kΩ 10 Hz: 6 kΩ　5kHz: 12 kΩ 10 Hz: 6 kΩ　10 kHz: 12 kΩ








Manual Reset With the front button (Manual reset is prohibited by short-circuiting terminals ① and ⑥.)

External Reset

Response timeOn delay: 1.0 ms or less Off delay: 1.0 ms or less





Retentive Feature for Power Failure




200 ms or less


200 ms or less

Latch Input

Response time 0.5 ms or less 0.1 ms or less 0.1 ms or less



Power Source for Sensor 12 V DC ±2 V　50 mA　Ripple 5% (rms) or lower

Supply Voltage 90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V AC　50/60 Hz　5 VA



Storage Temperature -20 to +50˚C (Can be stored at -20 to +70˚C for about 1 week during transport)



Weight Approx. 0.5 kg

Withstand Voltage 2 kV AC　1 min (Between AC power supply terminal, E terminal, and relay contact terminal)

Insulation Resistance 500 V DC　20MΩ or higher

Vibration ResistanceCompliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm　 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm　10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions

518

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM


Symbol Description



3IN (1 kHz/5 kHz/10 kHz)

Counting input for high speed

4 E Ground

5 INH Disabled count input

6 RD Manual reset prohibition terminal


8 (Not connected)

9 (Not connected)

10 L Latch input

11 (Not connected)

12 180 to 264 V AC


14 0 V AC

■Operation- Counting is enabled 0.2 sec after the power is turned on.- When the front manual reset button is pressed or a voltage of 4.5 to 30 V

is applied to external reset terminal ⑦, the previous memorized discrete value is reset to 0. At this time, the zero suppression function works and 0s from the second digit and higher are not displayed.

- When using the KCX-□T at not more than 10 Hz (10 counts per second), if a counting input signal of a width of 50 ms or more is applied, or when using the KCX-□T at not more than 1 kHz (not more than 5 kHz for KCX-6T, not more than 10 Hz for KCX-8T), if a counting input signal of a width of 0.5 ms (0.1 ms for KCX-6T, 50 μs for KCX-8T) or more is applied, the numerical display increases and the total number of input signals is displayed. Input terminal ② is used for connections of not more than 10 Hz and input terminal ③ is used for connections of not more than 1 kHz (5 kHz and 10 kHz).

- If an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to counting inhibit input terminal ⑤ during counting, the counting input can be interrupted to stop counting.

- During counting, if an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to latch input terminal ⑩, the discrete value at that time is memorized and displayed. When the latch input is removed, the current discrete value is displayed.

《Operation chart》

KCX-□TOperation

Power Source

Count Input

Discrete Value

Manual Reset

Indicated Value


Manual Reset Prohibition

External Reset

Latch Input

519

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

■Terminal ConnectionsConnection of Counting Input1. In the case of contact input signals


When used as shown in the figure below, the voltage and current that flow through the contact point are around 2 mA. Therefore, the use of the contact point for minute electric current improves reliability. Since the contact point of the electromagnetic switch is designed for large current and high

voltage, it is not suitable for use for contact input of the counter.

Connection of a Counting Prohibit Input1. In the case of contact input signals

2. In the case of no-contact input signals The counting input can be either low speed input or high speed input.

　Connection of a Latched Input1. In the case of contact input signals When using the latch for the contact signal, only low speed input can be used as the counting

input.

2. In the case of no-contact input signals The counting input can be either low speed input or high speed input.

How to Prohibit Manual Reset

KCX-□TConnection

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

L

Count InputLatch Input

ON: Latch

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

IN (10 Hz)

L

E

12 V

Count Input

4.7 kΩor lower

Transistor OFF:Latch

IN (High Speed)

接点入力信号

無接点入力信号

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

L

Count InputLatch Input

ON: Latch

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

IN (10 Hz)

L

E

12 V

Count Input

4.7 kΩor lower

Transistor OFF:Latch

IN (High Speed)

接点入力信号


(Counter)

(Counter)

IN (10 Hz)

Count Input IN (High Speed)

Manual ResetProhibition Input

ON: Prohibit

E

R

RD

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

R

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

接点入力信号


+12 V

IN (10 Hz)2 mA

2

1(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

12 V

Reset Input

12 V

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

Count Input

(Low speed)

(High speed)

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

CountingSignal

ResetSignal

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

R

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

接点入力信号


+12 V

IN (10 Hz)2 mA

2

1(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

12 V

Reset Input

12 V

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

Count Input

(Low speed)

(High speed)

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

CountingSignal

ResetSignal

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

(Counter)

(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

R

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

接点入力信号


+12 V

IN (10 Hz)2 mA

2

1(Counter)

+12 V

IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

R

12 V

Reset Input

12 V

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

Count Input

(Low speed)

(High speed)

Reset Input


(ON: Reset)

CountingSignal

ResetSignal

4.7 kΩor lower

4.7 kΩor lower

(Counter)

(Counter)

Count Input


IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

INH

12 V2

1

3

4

5

6

7

IN (10 Hz)

+12 V

INH

Count Input

Disabled Count Input(Counting is Prohibited)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

接点入力信号


(Counter)

(Counter)4.7 kΩ

or lower

Count Input


IN (10 Hz)

IN (High Speed)

E

INH

12 V2

1

3

4

5

6

7

IN (10 Hz)

+12 V

INH

Count Input

Disabled Count Input(Counting is Prohibited)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

接点入力信号


(Counter)

(Counter)4.7 kΩ

or lower

520

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-BFeatures

High Speed Increment-Decrement Counter, Single, Double Preset- Maximum counting speed: for both 10 Hz and 20 kHz- The 6-digit preset electronic counter with the green display can be used

for operations in both the increment mode and the decrement mode.- In increment to the operation as a conventional preset counter,

the KCX-B has a comparative operation mode and can be used for counting and identifying items. The KCX-B can switch between positive logic and negative logic for input and output, and can be connected to source and sink input/output.

■FeaturesSwitchable to Count Up and DownThe operation mode can be switched between increment and decrement.The KCX-B can be used for a wide range of applications including high-precision sizing cutters and winding machines.


High Speed Response of 20 kHzThe KCX-B has a miniature design of 72 x 72 mm but enables high-speed counting of 20 kHz.Since the counting speed can be changed to 10 Hz, the KCX-B can be also used for contact input.

Supports 2-phase Phase Difference Input / Add-subtract Individual Input.Other than rotary encoders, input devices such as proximity sensors and relay contacts can be used. In the case of add-subtract individual input, since both increment input and decrement input can be simultaneously input, the KCX-B can be used to manage the quantity of workpieces on conveyers and the numbers of cars in parking lots.

Wide-ranging Output Operation Mode Select FunctionThe output operation mode can be switched using a rotary switch on the back. In increment to conventional coincidence output operation, 6 kinds of output operation modes for the single setting type and 10 kinds of output operation modes for the double setting type can be selected, including comparative output operation.

Increment

Decrement

P2

P1

OUT1

OUT2

Increment

Decrement

P2

P1

OUT1

OUT2

521

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-BSpecifications

■SpecificationsModel Number

Standard KCX-B6 KCX-B6W

Retentive Memory Type KCX-B6M KCX-B6WM

Available number of Presets

Single Double

Digit 6 digits 6 digits

Count Input

Maximum counting speed10 Hz 20 kHz　Changed by switch

Input resistancePositive logic input: 2.2 kΩ Negative logic input: 4.7 kΩ

Input voltage "L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 12 to 30 V


Response timeOn delay: 25 μs or less Off delay: 25 μs or less




Response time On delay: 5 ms or less　Off delay: 5 ms or less



Automatic Reset Reset time 50 μs or less

Non-contact Output

Number of circuits 1 circuit 2 circuit

During output of positive logic

Voltage: 16 to 28 V (No-load voltage 28 V) Current: 15 mA or lower

During output of negative logic

Load voltage: 35 V or lower Load current: 30 mA or lower Residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower

Contact Output

Number of circuits 1 transfer contact (1c) 2 N.O. contact

Contact capacity 220 V AC　2A (Resistance load)

Electrical life 200,000 times or more (Resistance load)

Mechanical life 20 million times or more

Input/Output Response Time

Non-contact output10 Hz: Approx. 30 ms 20 kHz: Approx. 30 μs

Contact output10 Hz: Approx. 40 ms 20 kHz: Approx. 10 ms

Power Source Reset KCX-B6 KCX-B6W


500 ms or more

Reset time* 500 ms or more

Power Failure Memory Function KCX-B6M KCX-B6WM




20 to 500 ms


50 to 500 ms

Power Source for Sensor 24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 80 mA

Withstand Voltage 2 kV AC　1 min (Between AC power supply terminal, E terminal, and relay contact terminal)

Vibration ResistanceCompliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm　 10 to 55Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm　10 to 55Hz, 3 axial directions

Noise Resistance 1 μs width, square-wave pulse, 1 kV

Supply Voltage 90 to 132 V AC, 180 to 264 V　14 VA


-10 to +50˚C




Weight Approx. 0.5 kg

* Time until the counting is enabled after the power is turned on

522

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

■OperationVarious operation modes can be selected using the 4 DIP switches and the 10-poistion rotary switch on the back of the case.

Input Operation Switching (SW1 to 4)The 4 DIP switches are used for setting the input operation of the counter, enabling the switching of input speed, counting method, add-subtract mode, and logic.

Output Operation Switching (SW5)The 10-poisiton rotary switch is used for selecting the operation mode of the counter. By the operation of this switch, 6 output operations can be selected for the single preset type and 10 output operations can be selected for the double preset type.

《Operation chart》- Operation of the 0 position

- Operation of the 1 position

　- Operation of the 2 position








KCX-BOperation

1 2 3 4

SW4 SW5SW3SW2SW1

A

B

09

87

65

4

3 2

1

Switch Number Function Position Operation

1 Counting input speedA 10 Hz

B 20 kHz

2 Counting system

AIndividual increment and decrement input

B2-phase phase difference input

3 Counter operation modeA Decrement mode

B Increment mode

4 Input/Output logicA Negative logic

B Positive logic

PositionOUT1 OUT2

Counting Output Counting Output

0

Continuous

HoldingContinuous

Holding

1 50 to 1,000 ms2 Reset

3

100 msContinuous

Holding

4 50 to 1,000 ms5 Reset

6C≦P1

C≧P2

7 P1≦C≦P2

8 C≧P2 C＜0

9 P1≦C≦P2 C≧P2

C: Discrete value　　　P1: First set value　　　P2: Second set value

50 to 1000 ms

Reset

Second Set Value

Increment Mode Decrement Mode

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

100 ms 100 ms

Counting Maximum Value(6 digits 999999)


Increment Mode Decrement ModeCounting Maximum Value(6 digits 999999)


Increment Mode

position 0

position 1

position 2

position 3

position 4

position 5

position 6

position 7

position 8

position 9

Decrement Mode




50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms

Reset

Second Set Value


First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

100 ms 100 ms





Increment Mode

position 0

position 1

position 2

position 3

position 4

position 5

position 6

position 7

position 8

position 9

Decrement Mode




50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms

Reset

Second Set Value


First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

100 ms 100 ms





Increment Mode

position 0

position 1

position 2

position 3

position 4

position 5

position 6

position 7

position 8

position 9

Decrement Mode




50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms

Reset

Second Set Value


First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

100 ms 100 ms





Increment Mode

position 0

position 1

position 2

position 3

position 4

position 5

position 6

position 7

position 8

position 9

Decrement Mode




50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms

Reset

Second Set Value


First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

100 ms 100 ms





Increment Mode

position 0

position 1

position 2

position 3

position 4

position 5

position 6

position 7

position 8

position 9

Decrement Mode




50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms

Reset

Second Set Value


First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

100 ms 100 ms





Increment Mode

position 0

position 1

position 2

position 3

position 4

position 5

position 6

position 7

position 8

position 9

Decrement Mode




50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms

Reset

Second Set Value


First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

100 ms 100 ms





Increment Mode

position 0

position 1

position 2

position 3

position 4

position 5

position 6

position 7

position 8

position 9

Decrement Mode




50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms

Reset

Second Set Value


First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

100 ms 100 ms





Increment Mode

position 0

position 1

position 2

position 3

position 4

position 5

position 6

position 7

position 8

position 9

Decrement Mode




50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms

Reset

Second Set Value


First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

100 ms 100 ms





Increment Mode

position 0

position 1

position 2

position 3

position 4

position 5

position 6

position 7

position 8

position 9

Decrement Mode




50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms

Reset

Second Set Value


First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

Reset

Second Set Value

First Set Value

Count Value 0

OUT1

OUT2

100 ms 100 ms





Increment Mode

position 0

position 1

position 2

position 3

position 4

position 5

position 6

position 7

position 8

position 9

Decrement Mode




50 to 1000 ms

50 to 1000 ms50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

100 ms 100 ms

50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms

523

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-BConnection

■Terminal ConnectionsConnection of Counting Input1. In the case of a proximity sensor / photoelectronic sensor 《Negative logic》 The sensor output is an NPN open collector.

《Positive logic》 The sensor output is an PNP open collector.

2. Switch / relay 《Negative logic》

《Positive logic》

3. Rotary encoder When the TRD-J□-RZ is used, SW4 can be in either position A or position B.

■Terminal AssignmentKCX-B6/B6M

Terminal Number

Symbol Description

1 +24 V　80 mA Power source for sensor

2 IN A Count input A

3 IN B Count input B

4 E Input/Output minus common

5 IN H Disabled count input

6 (Not connected)



9 COM Contact output common

10 N.O. Contact output normally open

11 N.C. Contact output normally closed

12 180 to 264 V AC

Power source input 13 90 to 132 V AC

14 0 V AC

KCX-B6W/B6WMTerminal Number

Symbol Description

1 +24 V　80 mA Power source for sensor



4 E Input/Output minus common

5 OUT1 First set non-contact output

6 OUT2 Second set non-contact output



9 COM Contact output common

10 N.O.1 First set contact output (N.O.)

11 N.O.2 Second set contact output (N.O.)

12 180 to 264 V AC


14 0 V AC

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B

1 2 3 4For Increment

For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B

NPN Open Collector or Contact Point


E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4

Up to 30 mARelay Drive Unusable

Power Source for LoadUp to 35 V

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4

Up to 15 mA16 to 28 V

Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8

Power Source for LoadCOM

N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

524

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

　Connection of a Counting Prohibit input1. KCX-B6/B6M 《Negative logic》


2. KCX-B6W/B6WM 《Negative logic》


Connection of the Reset Input 《Negative logic》


　Connection of a Non-contact Output1. KCX-B6/B6M 《Negative logic》


2. KCX-B6W/B6WM 《Negative logic》


Connection of the Contact Output1. KCX-B6/B6M

2. KCX-B6W/B6WM

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

8

9

+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW4: B


For Decrement

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

For Increment

For Decrement

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

For Increment

For Decrement

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

+24 V

INA

INB

INH

COM

N.O.1

1

2

3

8

9

10

41 2 3 4

SW4: B



E

R

INH

+24 V

RSW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: B

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4



+24 V

INA

INB

E

COM

OUT1

2

3

8

9

4


Up to 30 mA

Up to 35 V

Up to 30 mA

Load

Load

Load

Load

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

E

N.O.1

N.O.2

3

4

5

6

2

1

Up to 15 mA

Up to 15 mA

Load

Load

220 V AC 2 A 220 V AC 2 A

COM

N.O.

N.C. 11

10

9

8


Load

Load11

10

9

8


N.O.1

N.O.2

Load

Load

KCX-BConnection

525

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-B

526

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-B6TFeatures

High Speed Increment-Decrement Total Counter- Maximum counting speed: for both 10 Hz and 20 kHz- The KCX-B6T is an increment-decrement type counter that enables

counting from positive range to the negative range. The total counter with green display can be used for displaying the current position for positioning devices.

- The KCX-B6T is equipped with counting inhibit input and reset button function inhibit input, and supports the input of both positive logic and negative logic.

■FeaturesHigh Speed Increment-Decrement Total Counter of 20 kHz ResponseThe KCX-B6T has high speed response, which is exceptional as a total counter. Since the counting speed can be switched to a low speed of 10 Hz, the counter can be used for a wide range of applications.

Counting Across from Positive Range to Negative Range is PossibleSince the KCX-B6T enables counting in the minus zone, it can display a range twice as large as counters that can count only in the plus zone.

Equipped with High Speed and Low Speed Reset InputThe two reset inputs operate in AND conditions. Therefore, for example, the counter does not require an external circuit even when performing origin correction at high speed by combining the origin pulse of a rotary encoder and the origin limit switch of a machine.

Equipped with a Dust Cover as a Standard FeatureAll models are equipped with the dust cover as a standard feature, and the reset button can be operated from outside the dust cover.

Supports 2-phase Phase Difference Input / Add-subtract Individual InputOther than rotary encoders, input devices such as proximity sensors and relay contacts can be used. In the case of add-subtract individual input, since both increment input and decrement input can be simultaneously input, the KCX-B6T can be applied to manage the quantity of workpieces on conveyers and the numbers of cars in parking lots.

Input Logic Switching Functions that Operate for All SensorsSince the input logic can be switched between positive logic and negative logic (only negative logic operation for low speed reset input), the KCX-B6T can use both PNP open collector output and NPN open collector output.

Dust Cover

Display the Number of Press

Limit Switch

Press

Rotary Encoder

Table Position Display

−999999 +999999

Plus ZoneMinus Zone 0

ContactInput

Non-contactInput

Positive Logic Negative Logic

IN

IN+24 V

E

E

IN

IN+24 V

E

EPNP Open Collector NPN Open Collector

A-phaseB-phaseCount Input

High Speed Reset InputLow Speed Reset Input

Z-phaseOrigin Limit

Proximity Sensor

Rotary Encoder

Dust Cover


Limit Switch

Press

Rotary Encoder


−999999 +999999


ContactInput

Non-contactInput


IN

IN+24 V

E

E

IN

IN+24 V

E




Z-phaseOrigin Limit

Proximity Sensor

Rotary Encoder

Dust Cover


Limit Switch

Press

Rotary Encoder


−999999 +999999


ContactInput

Non-contactInput


IN

IN+24 V

E

E

IN

IN+24 V

E




Z-phaseOrigin Limit

Proximity Sensor

Rotary Encoder

Dust Cover


Limit Switch

Press

Rotary Encoder


−999999 +999999


ContactInput

Non-contactInput


IN

IN+24 V

E

E

IN

IN+24 V

E




Z-phaseOrigin Limit

Proximity Sensor

Rotary Encoder

Dust Cover


Limit Switch

Press

Rotary Encoder


−999999 +999999


ContactInput

Non-contactInput


IN

IN+24 V

E

E

IN

IN+24 V

E




Z-phaseOrigin Limit

Proximity Sensor

Rotary Encoder

527

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-B6TSpecifications

■SpecificationsModel Number KCX-B6T

Digit 6 digits

Counting Range -999,999 to +999,999

Count Input

Maximum counting speed10 Hz 20 kHz　Changed by switch







High Speed Reset Input




Low Speed Reset Input


Input resistance Only negative logic input: 3.3 kΩ


Manual Reset With the front button (Manual reset is prohibited by short-circuiting terminals ④ and ⑥.)

Retentive Feature for Power Failure




20 to 500 ms


50 to 500 ms

Power Source for Sensor 24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 80 mA

Withstand Voltage 2kV AC　1 min (Between AC power supply terminal and E terminal)

Vibration ResistanceCompliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm　10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm　10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions

Noise Resistance 1 μs width, square-wave pulse, 1 kV

Supply Voltage 90 to 132 V AC, 180 to 264 V　14 VA


-10 to +50˚C




Weight (g) Approx. 350 g

528

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

■OperationVarious operation modes can be selected using the 4 DIP switches on the back of the case.

Input Operation Switching (SW1 to 4)The 4 DIP switches are used for setting the input operation of the counter, enabling the switching of input speed, counting method, and logic.


Symbol Description

1 24 V DC　80 mA Power source for sensor



4 E Input common


6 RD Manual reset prohibition input

7 RH External reset input: High speed

8 RL External reset input: Low speed

9 (Not connected)

10 (Not connected)

11 (Not connected)

12 180 to 264 V AC


14 0 V AC

Switch Number

Function Position Operation

1Counting input speed

IN AA 10 Hz

B 20 kHz

2Counting input speed

IN BA 10 Hz

B 20 kHz

3 Counting system

AAdd-subtract individual

input

B2-phase phase difference

input

4 Input logicA Negative logic

B Positive logic

1 2 3 4

SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4

A

B

KCX-B6TOperation

529

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

KCX-B6TConnection

■Terminal ConnectionsConnection of Counting Input1. In the case of a proximity sensor / photoelectronic sensor 《Negative logic》 The sensor output is an NPN open collector.

《Positive logic》 The sensor output is an PNP open collector.

2. Switch / relay 《Negative logic》


3. Rotary encoder When the TRD-J□-RZ is used, SW4 can be in either position A or position B.

　Connection of a Counting Prohibit Input 《Negative logic》


Connection of the Reset Input 《Negative logic》


+24 V

INA

INB

E

SW1: BSW2: BSW3: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: BSW3: ASW4: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW3: ASW4: A

SW1: BSW2: BSW3: B

SW1: ASW2: ASW3: ASW4: B

1 2 3 4Adding

Subtracting

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Adding

Subtracting

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: BE



+24 V

NPN Open Collector8

6

7

4

1

8

6

7

5

4 E



+24 V

INA

INB

E




SW1: BSW2: BSW3: B


1 2 3 4Adding

Subtracting

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Adding

Subtracting

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: BE



+24 V

NPN Open Collector8

6

7

4

1

8

6

7

5

4 E



+24 V

INA

INB

E




SW1: BSW2: BSW3: B


1 2 3 4Adding

Subtracting

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Adding

Subtracting

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: BE



+24 V

NPN Open Collector8

6

7

4

1

8

6

7

5

4 E



+24 V

INA

INB

E




SW1: BSW2: BSW3: B


1 2 3 4Adding

Subtracting

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Adding

Subtracting

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: BE



+24 V

NPN Open Collector8

6

7

4

1

8

6

7

5

4 E



+24 V

INA

INB

E




SW1: BSW2: BSW3: B


1 2 3 4Adding

Subtracting

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Adding

Subtracting

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: BE



+24 V

NPN Open Collector8

6

7

4

1

8

6

7

5

4 E



+24 V

INA

INB

E




SW1: BSW2: BSW3: B


1 2 3 4Adding

Subtracting

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Adding

Subtracting

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: BE



+24 V

NPN Open Collector8

6

7

4

1

8

6

7

5

4 E



+24 V

INA

INB

E




SW1: BSW2: BSW3: B


1 2 3 4Adding

Subtracting

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Adding

Subtracting

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: BE



+24 V

NPN Open Collector8

6

7

4

1

8

6

7

5

4 E



+24 V

INA

INB

E




SW1: BSW2: BSW3: B


1 2 3 4Adding

Subtracting

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Adding

Subtracting

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: BE



+24 V

NPN Open Collector8

6

7

4

1

8

6

7

5

4 E



+24 V

INA

INB

E




SW1: BSW2: BSW3: B


1 2 3 4Adding

Subtracting

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

Adding

Subtracting

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Adding

Subtracting

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24 V

INA

INB

E

2

1

3

4

Red

Green

White

Black

SW4: A

1 2 3 4

INB

E

INH

NPN Open Collector

NPN Open Collector

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4

SW4: B

PNP Open Collector

PNP Open Collector

+24 V

INA

INB

E

INH

3

4

5

2

1

SW4: A

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW4: BE



+24 V

NPN Open Collector8

6

7

4

1

8

6

7

5

4 E



530

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

■ How to Change and Extend the Output Time (For the Operation of the A-type)

In the operation of the A-type (speci�c time output type), the output time can be changed in the range from approx. 50 to 1,000 ms using the volume on the front of the counter (on the back for the KCX-□W/□WM).

Turning the volume fully counterclockwise sets the minimum output t ime (approx. 50 ms). Conversely, turning the volume fully clockwise sets the maximum output time (Approx. 1,000 ms).

Moreover, in the case of the KCX single preset counter, if a capacitor is added between terminal ④ (E) and terminal ⑤ (CH1), the output time can be extended as shown in the table below.

■Changing the Operation ModeBefore changing the operation mode, turn the power off. And, after the power is turned off, add the reset input once. If the reset input is not added, the output may not be produced even if the set value is reached or the counter may count up at the set value that existed prior to the change or at a value irrelevant to the set value.

■Changing the Set ValueThe output may be produced if the set value is changed during counting. Therefore, before changing the set value, turn the power off and add the reset input. If the setting is changed during operation, the output may not be produced even if the set value is reached or the counter may count up at the set value that existed prior to the change or at a value irrelevant to the set value.

In the case of the KCX-□DM, KCX-□WM, KCX-B6M, and KCX-B6WM (equipped with a power failure memory function), the discrete values are memorized even if the set value is changed after the power is turned off. In this case, after the power is turned on, add the reset input once. If the reset input is not added, the output may not be produced even if the set value is reached or the counter may count up at the set value that existed prior to the change or at a value irrelevant to the set value.

"0" (zero) settingIn the case of a "0" setting (for example, "000" is set for 3 digits), because the counting operation and the output operation become stable, note the following points.- Although the output is not produced if the counting input is "L" or the reset

input is "H," the output may be produced in other cases.- If the reset input is "L" and the counting input is consecutively input, 0, 1,

2, and 3 appear as the counting (indicated value) in the B-type operation. This same operation may take place in A-type operation.

■Connection of the Power SupplyThe power transformer of the KCX series has a central voltage designed at 110/220 V. Therefore, do not make the connection as shown in the �gure below.《Wrong connection》

《Correct connection》

■Noise MeasuresReflecting studies into various noises based on proprietary test methods, Koyo Electronics' counters deliver performance that suf�ciently withstands noise in normal operation. However, to enhance the reliability further, observe the following precautions when using the counters.

1. When using a solenoid valve, clutch, or brake near the counter, in order to prevent the occurrence of noise, connect a surge absorption element of the series circuit that consists of a capacitor (�lm capacitor of 0.1 to 0.5 μF) and resistance (100 Ω 1/2 W) parallel to the driving coil.

2. When using the counter in places where a lot of noise is generated, in order to prevent malfunction, as, do not bundle the wire for the power source line (AC) and the input/output signal line of the counter with wire that contains the high current wire, and use shielded wire for the input/output signal line. Moreover, the shield jackets of all shielded wire should be connected to the E terminal of the counter.

When a sensor and the counter are mounted to separate frames, connect the frames with a thick conducting wire (0.5 mm2 or thicker).

Commonly Used in KCX SeriesThe correct way to use

50 ms 1000 ms

E

CH2

CH1+

−

(Counter)

4

5

6

50 ms 1000 ms

E

CH2

CH1+

−

(Counter)

4

5

6

Applied Electrolytic Condenser

Output Time

Variable Resistor Minimum

Variable Resistor Maximum

No Capacitor 50 ms to 1 s

2.2 μF　16 V 100 ms to 2 s

4.7 μF　16 V 150 ms to 3 s

10 μF　16 V 250 ms to 5 s

22 μF　16 V 500 ms to 10 s

C R

+12 V

EIN

(G)

Frame Earth

Frame BFrame A

(Connect Using ThickConducting Wire.)

Shielded Cable

R=100 Ω 1/2 WC=0.1 to 0.5 µF Capacitor

+12 V

EOUT

Sensor Counter

E E E

Counter Other Device (1) Other Device (2)

Frame Earth

Frame

Other Ground for Large Current

ElectromagneticContactor

470 Ω 1/2 W

+12 V

IN

E

C R

+12 V

EIN

(G)

Frame Earth

Frame BFrame A


Shielded Cable


+12 V

EOUT

Sensor Counter

E E E


Frame Earth

Frame



470 Ω 1/2 W

+12 V

IN

E

KCX

90 to 132 V AC

0 V

100 V AC

0 V

* Counter except KCX

KCX

*

180 to 264 V AC

90 to 132 V AC

0 V

200/220 V AC

100 V AC

0 V

*

KCX

180 to 264 V AC

0 V

200/220 V AC

0 V*

KCX

90 to 132 V AC

0 V

100 V AC

0 V

* Counter except KCX

KCX

*

180 to 264 V AC

90 to 132 V AC

0 V

200/220 V AC

100 V AC

0 V

*

KCX

180 to 264 V AC

0 V

200/220 V AC

0 V*

531

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

3. Connect the E terminal of the counter to the frame over the shortest distance.

When the counter uses a common ground with other devices, make the ground line as short and thick as possible, and connect the only one ground to the frame. Also, separate the ground line of the counter from other ground lines in which high current �ows.

4. When adding a contact signal such as an electromagnetic relay to the counting input terminal for low speed, inserting a resistor (470Ω1/2W) between the counting input and ground prevents malfunctions by contact failure, and enhances reliability further.

■PrecautionsCautions Concerning the Output Relay ContactAs the load of the counter, inductive loads such as electromagnetic switches, control relays, AC solenoids, and solenoid valves are normally connected. The higher the current and the working voltage that �ow through the output contact point of the counterworking voltage, the shorter the life of the output contact point built into the counter. The trend is as shown in the �gure below.The curves in the figure below show the degree of erosion of the contact point, indicating that if the current and voltage become lower, the life becomes longer. Namely, if the working voltage and current become lower, the erosion of the contact point becomes smaller and the life of the contact point becomes longer.

- Life curve of relay (Equivalent to the NT type made by Matsushita)

　Meanwhile, when carbide is generated on the surface of the contact point by glow discharge that occurs when the inductive load is opened/closed, the contact point produces adverse effects such as higher contact resistance. When the current that �ows through the contact point is large, the electric discharge becomes the arc discharge and blows off the carbide that occurs when the contact point is opened/closed. As a result, clean metal is always exposed on the surface of the contact point and the contact resistance is maintained at a stable low value. However, when little current �ow through the contact point and, in particular, the working voltage is low, the discharge to be generated when the contact point is opened/closed becomes only glow discharge. In this case, carbide is generated and adheres to the surface of the contact point, and the surface cleaning effect is lost. As a result, contact failure occurs at a number of opening/closing cycles that is much lower than the number estimated from the life curve in the �gure above. Therefore, if an inductive load is used at low voltage and low current, unless the occurrence of glow discharge is prevented, the contact point incurs a contact failure at one-tenth to one-hundredth of the life estimated from the �gure above.As glow discharge preventive measures, as shown in the �gure below, surge voltage should be absorbed by using a CR-type surge absorption element or varistor in parallel with the load or a diode in the case of a DC load.

- Surge absorption circuit

- The indication of a relay contact capacity of 3 A and 5 A, etc. is for the case of a resistance load. In the case of an inductive load, the capacity increases by 10 to 20%. Moreover, if the load is reduced, the life of the contact point becomes longer accordingly.

- Note that a non-contact output when the power is supplied (within 200 ms) or the power is shut down is unstable (neither 1 nor 0) for both the power failure memory type and the normal type.

- Some models with numerical displays partially show numbers in different shapes as shown below, but this is not trouble.

Commonly Used in KCX SeriesPrecautions

C R

+12 V

EIN

(G)

Frame Earth

Frame BFrame A


Shielded Cable


+12 V

EOUT

Sensor Counter

E E E


Frame Earth

Frame



470 Ω 1/2 W

+12 V

IN

E

C R

+12 V

EIN

(G)

Frame Earth

Frame BFrame A


Shielded Cable


+12 V

EOUT

Sensor Counter

E E E


Frame Earth

Frame



470 Ω 1/2 W

+12 V

IN

E

1000

500

100

50

10

Mechanical Life

250 V AC: Resistance Load

24 V DC: Resistance Load

250 V AC: Coil Load

24 V DC: Coil Load

0 1 2 3

Life (10,000 Cycles)

Load Current (A)

(Note) Under load conditions specified in JEM 1230 (1976)

R

LoadLoad

Load

Counter Contact Point

264 V AC or lower


264 V AC or lower


10E-2(IR)

W06C (Hitachi)

Z : ZNR (Panasonic) ERZC05DK391 TNR (Marukon) TNR9G431K

R

R

1000

500

100

50

10

Mechanical Life

250 V AC: Resistance Load

24 V DC: Resistance Load

250 V AC: Coil Load

24 V DC: Coil Load

0 1 2 3

Life (10,000 Cycles)

Load Current (A)

(Note) Under load conditions specified in JEM 1230 (1976)

R

LoadLoad

Load


264 V AC or lower


264 V AC or lower


10E-2(IR)

W06C (Hitachi)

Z : ZNR (Panasonic) ERZC05DK391 TNR (Marukon) TNR9G431K

R

R

KCX-1D/2D/3D/4D KCX-B/KCX-B□T

Models with a Numerical Display Except Those on the Left

532

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM


■Cautions for Installation- The dedicated stand F (KF-03) and stand B (KB-03) are provided with screws required for mounting.- In the case of the KA-01 dedicated connector kit and KB-03 stand B, if using screws other than those provided, use screws of the length shown below. For connector (KA-01) … 12 mm or less For stand B (KB-03) …… 30 mm or less If screws of a length longer than the that mentioned above are used, they may damage the element in the counter.

Attachment Panel-cut Dimensions

Commonly Used in KCX SeriesDimensions

72

75*

72 75*

94.59

15*

(118.5)

61

38 1.5

18 2110

±0.

2

57±0.27 5 46 13 2

14 12 1113 810 9

Hol

e 2−φ

4.5

84

72 20 22

2-M4

60 ± 0.2

72

8468

+0.

7−

0

68 +0.7−0

60±0.2

68+

0.7

−0

68 +0.7−0

94 o

r le

ss

75 or less

Square Hole

Dust Cover 1 to 5: Thickness of the Panel in the Case of Embedded Installation

F Stand, B Stand

Mounting Bracket(Screw Tightening Torque of 0.4 Nm or less)

* Dimensions When the Dust Cover is Attached

- KA-01 Dedicated Connector - Stand F: KF-03 (For Stationary Installation)

- Stand B: KB-03 (For Embedded Installation) (The Outside Dimensions are the Same as the KF-03.)- The KA-01, KF-03, and KB-03 are Sold Separately

- Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation

- Bore Drilling Dimensions for Stationary Installation Using a Dedicated Socket (Stand F)

Stand F Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation

72

75*

72 75*

94.59

15*

(118.5)

61

38 1.5

18 2110

±0.

2

57±0.27 5 46 13 2

14 12 1113 810 9

Hol

e 2−φ

4.5

84

72 20 22

2-M4

60 ± 0.2

72

8468

+0.

7−

0

68 +0.7−0

60±0.2

68+

0.7

−0

68 +0.7−0

94 o

r le

ss

75 or less

Square Hole

Dust Cover 1 to 5: Thickness of the Panel in the Case of Embedded Installation

F Stand, B Stand

Mounting Bracket(Screw Tightening Torque of 0.4 Nm or less)

* Dimensions When the Dust Cover is Attached

- KA-01 Dedicated Connector - Stand F: KF-03 (For Stationary Installation)

- Stand B: KB-03 (For Embedded Installation) (The Outside Dimensions are the Same as the KF-03.)- The KA-01, KF-03, and KB-03 are Sold Separately

- Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation

- Bore Drilling Dimensions for Stationary Installation Using a Dedicated Socket (Stand F)

Stand F Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation

533

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

Commonly Used in KCX Series

534

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

KCM-50/51 SeriesFeatures

Consolidated Counter (Maintenance Counter)- The KCM-50 series consolidates nine counters into one unit and the

KCM-51 series consolidates eight counters (timers) into one unit.- These counters notify the maintenance period of several tools, as needed

for tool replacement with machining centers and NC machine tools.- Tool management: Replacement prediction / warning- Whetstone for polishing: Maintenance prediction- Quantity management: Total counter / Preset counter- Time management: Integrating timer

■FeaturesKCM-50 SeriesThe counter features 9 counting inputs, a preset function and independent prediction output (count up output), and outputs when either one of the counters reaches the equipment stop set value.

□Open collector output: KCM-50 (Japanese surface sheet) KCM-50-1 (English surface sheet)

□Voltage output: KCM-50P (Japanese surface sheet) KCM-50P-1 (English surface sheet)

- Nine 5-digit preset counters (timers) are consolidated into one unit.

- Battery-less The set value / discrete value are memorized by a maintenance-free

EEPROM.

- Individual prediction (preset) outputs for 9 circuits

- Indications of the previous prediction (green) - prediction (orange) - facility stop (red) are distinguished by color.

A previous prediction display function that noti�es that the value is close to the prediction set value is built-in.

- Equipment stop output An over-value is set for the prediction set value of each counter, and when

any one of the counters reaches the over-value, the equipment stop is output (red display).

- 9 preset counters can be used as a total counter Each counter can independently preset value s(prediction setting) and

individually count the inputs and outputs against the preset value (orange display).

- Oilproof front operation panel

- Miniature (DIN 72 x 72 mm) The overall depth is 82 mm, so the control panel is thin.

KCM-51 SeriesThe counter features 8 counting inputs, a preset function and independent prediction output (count up output), and outputs when either one of the counters (Timers) reaches the equipment stop set value.

□ Open collector output: KCM-51 (Japanese surface sheet) KCM-51-1 (English surface sheet)

- Eight 5-digit preset counters (timers) are consolidated into one unit.

- Battery-less The set value / discrete value are memorized by a maintenance-free

EEPROM.

- Individual prediction (preset) outputs for 8 circuits

- Each counter (timer) displays a different color when the set value is reached.

Setting 1 (green) - Setting 2 (orange) - Setting 3 (red)

- OR output 　When any one of the counters (timers) reaches the value of setting 1 or

setting 3, the output is produced.

- 8 preset counters can be used as a total counter or a integrating timer.

The counter / timer functions can be mixed in use.

- Any counter / timer can be reset by external signal.

- Oilproof front operation panel

- Miniature (DIN 72 x 72 mm) The overall depth is 82 mm, so the control panel is thin.

535

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

KCM-50/51 SeriesFeatures

■ApplicationKCM-50 SeriesTool Maintenance of Multiple Spindle Machine Tools

Note 1) Counters 2 to 9 perform similar operation. 2) The equipment stop output and the equipment stop display turn on when any one of the

counters, 1 to 9, reaches the equipment stop set value.

■Basic OperationKCM-50 SeriesTime Chart

KCM-51 SeriesTool Maintenance of Multiple Spindle Machine Tools

Note 1) Counters / Timers 2 to 8 perform similar operation. 2) The OR output turns on when any one of the counters (timers), 1 to 8, reaches the value of

setting 1 (setting 3).

KCM-51 SeriesTime Chart

1 2 9

Lamp / B

uzzer /Facility Stop, etc.

Lamp / B


1 2 8

Prediction Output 1

Prediction Output 2

Prediction Output 9

Setting 2 Output 1

Setting 2 Output 2

Setting 2

Facility Stop Output

KCM-50 KCM-51

OR Output

Processing Count Input1

23

9

Processing Count InputTimekeeping Input

123

8

Output 8

1 2 9

Lamp / B


Lamp / B


1 2 8

Prediction Output 1

Prediction Output 2

Prediction Output 9

Setting 2 Output 1

Setting 2 Output 2

Setting 2


KCM-50 KCM-51

OR Output

Processing Count Input1

23

9

Processing Count InputTimekeeping Input

123

8

Output 8

Counter No.1

KCM-50 KCM-51

Current Values(Count Values)

Previous Prediction/Alarm Display

Equipment Stop Display


Equipment Stop Set Value

Prediction Output

Reset(External or Key Input)

Prediction Set Value

Previous Prediction Set Value

Green GreenOrange Orange Red Count Input 1

H (OFF)L (ON)

Current Values(Count Values/Timing Value)

Setting 1/Setting 2 Display

OR Output

Setting 1 or 3

Setting 2 Output


Setting 2

Setting 1

Green GreenOrange Orange RedCount/Timer Input 1

H (OFF)L (ON)

Counter/Timer No.1Counter No.1

KCM-50 KCM-51

Current Values(Count Values)

Previous Prediction/Alarm Display

Equipment Stop Display


Equipment Stop Set Value

Prediction Output


Prediction Set Value

Previous Prediction Set Value

Green GreenOrange Orange Red Count Input 1

H (OFF)L (ON)

Current Values(Count Values/Timing Value)

Setting 1/Setting 2 Display

OR Output

Setting 1 or 3

Setting 2 Output


Setting 2

Setting 1

Green GreenOrange Orange RedCount/Timer Input 1

H (OFF)L (ON)

Counter/Timer No.1

536

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

KCM-50/51 SeriesEach Part Name and Function

■Panel ExplanationKCM-50 Series①Reset key - Resets the displayed current value. - When several counters are counting up

and the reset operation is performed, the counter display switches to the next counter.

②Mode display - Either previous prediction, prediction, or

equipment stop is displayed in the setting mode. When all the lights are turned off, the device is the operation run mode.

③Counter No. display - Displays the selected counter No. - Ever y t ime the counter counts up

(prediction set value), the counter No. switches to the No. of the counter that over�owed.

　④Count-up display

(Green→Orange→Red) - Green: Shows that the value reached the

previous prediction set value. - Orange: Shows that the value reached

the prediction set value. - Red: Shows that the value reached the

equipment stop set value.

⑤Equipment stop display (Red)

- Shows that one of the counters reached the equipment stop set value.

⑥Current value display - Displays the current value of the counter

by counter No. Zeros of high-order digits are out in the run mode.

⑦Set value display - Displays the set value of the counter

(prediction, previous prediction, and equipment stop) by counter No. Zeros of high-order digits are out in the run mode.

⑧Setting key［Counter No. selection key］

- Switches the display between the current value and the set value of the counter.

- Counters that are not used in the run mode are not displayed.

- I f pressed and held for 1 second or longer, the counter No. automatically changes.

［Setting mode selection key］ - Switches between the run mode and the

setting mode. If there is no key entry for 1 minute or

longer, the mode automatically switches to the run mode.

［→Key (Digit selection key)］ - Selects the digit for inputting the set

value. - The selected digit �ickers. - I f pressed and held for 1 second or

longer, the digit automatically changes.

［+ Key (Numeric value changing key)］

- Changes the numeric value of the digit selected by the → key.

- I f pressed and held for 1 second or longer, the digit automatically changes.

［Set key］ - Enters the set value in memory in the

setting mode. When the set value is entered, the set value display flickers three times, indicating the input.

③

①

⑤

⑥

⑦

④

⑧

②

Reset

CounterNo.

Prediction

PreviousPrediction

EquipmentStop

Set Value

Current Value

Equipment Stop

SetSettingMode

Selection

CounterNo.

Selection

537

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

KCM-50/51 SeriesEach Part Name and Function

■Panel ExplanationKCM-51 Series①Reset key - Resets the displayed current value. - When several counters are counting up

and the reset operation is performed, the counter display switches to the next counter.

②Mode display - Either setting 1, setting 2, or setting 3 is

displayed in the setting mode. When all the lights are turned off, the device is the operation run mode.

③C/T No. display - Displays the selected counter / timer No. - Every time the counter / timer counts

up (setting 2), the counter / timer No. switches to the No. of the counter that over�owed.

　④Count-up display

(Green→Orange→Red) - Green…Shows that the value reached

the Setting 1. - Orange…Shows that the value reached

the Setting 2. - Red…Shows that the value reached the

Setting 3.

⑤Timing unit display - Displays the timing unit by color during

timer operation. - Green: The time unit is in seconds. - Orange: The time unit is in minutes. - Red: The time unit is in hours.

⑥Current value display - Displays the current value of the counter/

timer by C/T No. Zeros of high-order digits are out in the run mode.

⑦Set value display - Displays the set value of the counter/

timer (Setting 1, setting 2, and setting 3) by C/T No. Zeros of high-order digits are out in the run mode.

⑧Setting key［C/T No. selection key］

- Switches the display between the current value and the set value of the counter.

- Counters/timers that are not used in the run mode are not displayed.

- I f pressed and held for 1 second or longer, the counter No. automatically changes.

［Mode key］ - Switches between the run mode and the

setting mode. - If there is no key entry for 1 minute or

longer, the mode automatically switches to the run mode.

［→Key (Digit selection key)］ - Selects the digit for inputting the set

value.- The selected digit �ickers.- I f pressed and held for 1 second or

longer, the digit automatically changes.

［+ Key (Numeric value changing key)］

- Changes the numeric value of the digit selected by the → key.

- I f pressed and held for 1 second or longer, the digit automatically changes.

［Set key］ - Enters the set value in memory in the

setting mode. When the set value is entered, the set value display flickers three times, indicating the input.

Reset

C/T No.

Setting 2

Setting 1

Setting 3

Set Value

Current Value

Setting 1 [Green] GreenSetting 2 [Orange] OrangeSetting 3 [Red] Redsminh

SetModeC/T No.Selection

③

①

⑤

⑥

⑦

④

⑧

②

538

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

■Block DiagramKCM-50

KCM-50P

■CircuitKCM-50

KCM-50P

*1 − +

−+*2or

24 V DC±15%

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

B0

B1

B2

BA

C/T No. Selection

Reset Input

C/T Input

Count/Time-up Display Timer Display

Current Value Display

Set Value DisplayDisplay

C/T No.

1 2

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage

Preset Counter × 8 (timer)

24 V DC±15%+24 V

0 V COM

OR Output

Setting 2 Output 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

24 V DC±15%

−+

− +

RUN Output

OUT COM

CPU Normal

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reset Input

Count Input

Count-up Display Equipment Stop Display



Counter No.

1 2

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage

Preset Counter× 9

24 V DC±10%+24 V

0 V COM

Equipment Stop Output

Prediction Output1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

24 V DC±10%

−+

− +

RUN Output

OUT COM

CPU Normal

9

CH

Counting Speed Switching Input

Counter No. Selection Input

0 V COM

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reset Input

Count Input




Counter No.

1 2

PowerSupplyCircuit

PowerSupplyCircuit

PowerSupplyCircuit

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage

Preset Counter× 9

24 V DC±10%+24 V

0 V COM


Prediction Output1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

−+

RUN OutputCPU Normal

9

CH



OUT COM

*1

*2or

24 V DC±15%

Input

IN COM

Input Circuit

Input

IN COM

Input

IN COM

Input Circuit

3.3 kΩ

24 V5 V

2.2 kΩ

5 V

2.2 kΩ

5 V

Output CircuitPrediction OutputEquipment Stop OutputRUN Output

Note) IN COM and 24 V are connected inside the counter.

Notes 1) Input Common 0 V: Positive Logic 24 V: Negative Logic

2) Output Common KCM-51: 0 V and Internally Short�circuited

Notes 1) IN COM and 24 V are connected inside the counter. 2) OUT COM and 0 V COM are connected inside the counter.

KCM-50

KCM-50P

KCM-51

OUT COM0 V COM Up to 45 V DC/0.1 A

Output Circuit

Input Circuit Output Circuit

Prediction OutputEquipment Stop OutputRUN Output

OUT COM

24 V

Setting 2 OutputOR Output, RUN OutputOpen Collector

OUT COM

0 V COM

KCM-51

KCM-50

KCM-50P

*1 Negative Logic Input*2 Positive Logic Inpu


*1 − +

−+*2or

24 V DC±15%

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

B0

B1

B2

BA

C/T No. Selection

Reset Input

C/T Input




C/T No.

1 2

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage


24 V DC±15%+24 V

0 V COM

OR Output

Setting 2 Output 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

24 V DC±15%

−+

− +

RUN Output

OUT COM

CPU Normal

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reset Input

Count Input




Counter No.

1 2

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage

Preset Counter× 9

24 V DC±10%+24 V

0 V COM


Prediction Output1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

24 V DC±10%

−+

− +

RUN Output

OUT COM

CPU Normal

9

CH



0 V COM

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reset Input

Count Input




Counter No.

1 2

PowerSupplyCircuit

PowerSupplyCircuit

PowerSupplyCircuit

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage

Preset Counter× 9

24 V DC±10%+24 V

0 V COM


Prediction Output1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

−+


9

CH



OUT COM

*1

*2or

24 V DC±15%

Input

IN COM

Input Circuit

Input

IN COM

Input

IN COM

Input Circuit

3.3 kΩ

24 V5 V

2.2 kΩ

5 V

2.2 kΩ

5 V






KCM-50

KCM-50P

KCM-51


Output Circuit



OUT COM

24 V


OUT COM

0 V COM

KCM-51

KCM-50

KCM-50P



*1 − +

−+*2or

24 V DC±15%

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

B0

B1

B2

BA

C/T No. Selection

Reset Input

C/T Input




C/T No.

1 2

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage


24 V DC±15%+24 V

0 V COM

OR Output

Setting 2 Output 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

24 V DC±15%

−+

− +

RUN Output

OUT COM

CPU Normal

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reset Input

Count Input




Counter No.

1 2

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage

Preset Counter× 9

24 V DC±10%+24 V

0 V COM


Prediction Output1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

24 V DC±10%

−+

− +

RUN Output

OUT COM

CPU Normal

9

CH



0 V COM

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reset Input

Count Input




Counter No.

1 2

PowerSupplyCircuit

PowerSupplyCircuit

PowerSupplyCircuit

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage

Preset Counter× 9

24 V DC±10%+24 V

0 V COM


Prediction Output1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

−+


9

CH



OUT COM

*1

*2or

24 V DC±15%

Input

IN COM

Input Circuit

Input

IN COM

Input

IN COM

Input Circuit

3.3 kΩ

24 V5 V

2.2 kΩ

5 V

2.2 kΩ

5 V






KCM-50

KCM-50P

KCM-51


Output Circuit



OUT COM

24 V


OUT COM

0 V COM

KCM-51

KCM-50

KCM-50P



*1 − +

−+*2or

24 V DC±15%

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

B0

B1

B2

BA

C/T No. Selection

Reset Input

C/T Input




C/T No.

1 2

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage


24 V DC±15%+24 V

0 V COM

OR Output

Setting 2 Output 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

24 V DC±15%

−+

− +

RUN Output

OUT COM

CPU Normal

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reset Input

Count Input




Counter No.

1 2

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage

Preset Counter× 9

24 V DC±10%+24 V

0 V COM


Prediction Output1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

24 V DC±10%

−+

− +

RUN Output

OUT COM

CPU Normal

9

CH



0 V COM

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reset Input

Count Input




Counter No.

1 2

PowerSupplyCircuit

PowerSupplyCircuit

PowerSupplyCircuit

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage

Preset Counter× 9

24 V DC±10%+24 V

0 V COM


Prediction Output1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

−+


9

CH



OUT COM

*1

*2or

24 V DC±15%

Input

IN COM

Input Circuit

Input

IN COM

Input

IN COM

Input Circuit

3.3 kΩ

24 V5 V

2.2 kΩ

5 V

2.2 kΩ

5 V






KCM-50

KCM-50P

KCM-51


Output Circuit



OUT COM

24 V


OUT COM

0 V COM

KCM-51

KCM-50

KCM-50P



KCM-50/51 SeriesConnection

■FunctionTerminal Number Input/Output Description of Functions Specifications

5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20, 21

Count input 1 to 9

The current value of the relevant counter is added (+1) regardless of the operation mode / setting mode. The current value changes by H→L and L→H (positive logic).

Counting speed 30/500 Hz

KCM-50 Input voltage ON: 0 to 3 V OFF: 16 V or higher Input resistance: 3.3 kΩ KCM-50P Input voltage (Negative logic) ON: 0 to 6 V OFF: Input is open (Positive logic) ON: 16 to 27.6 V OFF: 0 to 6 V Input resistance: 2.2 kΩ

18Counting speed switching input

OFF: 30 Hz ON : 500 Hz

Switched by the ON edge of the power supply

26Counter No. selection input

Counter selection inputThe counter No. changes by the counter selection input H→L and L→H (positive logic). In the operation mode, unused counters are not selected.

On delay: 30 ms Off delay: 30 ms

25 Reset InputThe current value of the counter designated by the counter No. is reset. If the counter No. selection input and the input reset input are simultaneously input for approx. 5 seconds, all counters are reset.

On delay: 0.1 s Off delay: 0.1 s

1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 10, 15, 16, 17

Prediction output 1 to 9

The prediction output is output if the individual output of counters Nos. 1 to 9 reaches the prediction set value. Input/Output response time

30 ms (30 Hz) 10 ms (500 Hz)4

Equipment stop output

The equipment stop set value is output if one of the counters Nos. 1 to 9 reaches the equipment stop set value.

11 RUN outputON when the CPU normally operates / OFF when the CPU does not operate normally.

Response timeON: After the power is supplied 1.5 s or less OFF: After an abnormality is detected 10 ms or less

Counter No. display

The counter No. selected with the counter No. selection key or by the external counter No. selection input is displayed. Every time the counter counts up, the counted counter No. switches to the counted up No. (ranked by priority). Priority: Equipment stop > Prediction > Previous prediction

1→ 2→ 3→ 4→ 5→ 6→ 7→ 8→ 9

539

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KCV

KCX

KCM

■Block DiagramKCM-51

■CircuitKCM-51

*1 − +

−+*2or

24 V DC±15%

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

B0

B1

B2

BA

C/T No. Selection

Reset Input

C/T Input




C/T No.

1 2

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage


24 V DC±15%+24 V

0 V COM

OR Output

Setting 2 Output 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

24 V DC±15%

−+

− +

RUN Output

OUT COM

CPU Normal

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reset Input

Count Input




Counter No.

1 2

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage

Preset Counter× 9

24 V DC±10%+24 V

0 V COM


Prediction Output1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

24 V DC±10%

−+

− +

RUN Output

OUT COM

CPU Normal

9

CH



0 V COM

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reset Input

Count Input




Counter No.

1 2

PowerSupplyCircuit

PowerSupplyCircuit

PowerSupplyCircuit

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage

Preset Counter× 9

24 V DC±10%+24 V

0 V COM


Prediction Output1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

−+


9

CH



OUT COM

*1

*2or

24 V DC±15%

Input

IN COM

Input Circuit

Input

IN COM

Input

IN COM

Input Circuit

3.3 kΩ

24 V5 V

2.2 kΩ

5 V

2.2 kΩ

5 V






KCM-50

KCM-50P

KCM-51


Output Circuit



OUT COM

24 V


OUT COM

0 V COM

KCM-51

KCM-50

KCM-50P



*1 − +

−+*2or

24 V DC±15%

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

B0

B1

B2

BA

C/T No. Selection

Reset Input

C/T Input




C/T No.

1 2

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage


24 V DC±15%+24 V

0 V COM

OR Output

Setting 2 Output 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

24 V DC±15%

−+

− +

RUN Output

OUT COM

CPU Normal

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reset Input

Count Input




Counter No.

1 2

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage

Preset Counter× 9

24 V DC±10%+24 V

0 V COM


Prediction Output1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

24 V DC±10%

−+

− +

RUN Output

OUT COM

CPU Normal

9

CH



0 V COM

IN COM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reset Input

Count Input




Counter No.

1 2

PowerSupplyCircuit

PowerSupplyCircuit

PowerSupplyCircuit

+5 V

OR

5 digits 3-stage

Preset Counter× 9

24 V DC±10%+24 V

0 V COM


Prediction Output1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

−+


9

CH



OUT COM

*1

*2or

24 V DC±15%

Input

IN COM

Input Circuit

Input

IN COM

Input

IN COM

Input Circuit

3.3 kΩ

24 V5 V

2.2 kΩ

5 V

2.2 kΩ

5 V






KCM-50

KCM-50P

KCM-51


Output Circuit



OUT COM

24 V


OUT COM

0 V COM

KCM-51

KCM-50

KCM-50P



■FunctionTerminal Number Input/Output Description of Functions Specifications

5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20

C/T input 1 to 8

The counting (timing) of the relevant counter (timer) is performed regardless of the operation mode / setting mode. - When the KCM-50/51 is used as a counter: The current value changes when "OFF"→"ON".

Counting speed 30 Hz/500 Hz Minimum pulse width 16.6 ms/1 ms

Input voltage (Negative logic) ON: 0 to 6 V OFF: Input is open (Positive logic) ON: 16 to 27.6 V OFF: 0 to 6 V Input resistance: 2.2 kΩ

- When the KCM-50/51 is used as a timer: The timing starts when "OFF"→"ON". The timing continues while "ON". The timing stops when "OFF"→"ON".

Timing range Hour 1 to 99,999 h Minute 1 to 99,999 m Second 1 to 99,999 s

21, 26, 27C/T No. selection input 1 to 3

The counter / timer you want to reset is designated by three inputs (B0, B1, and B2).

18All C/T No. selection input

When you want to designate all counters / timers at the time of a reset input, this input should be ON.

25 Reset The current value of the selected counter / timer No. becomes 0 (zero).On delay: 30ms Off delay: 30ms

1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 10, 15, 16Setting 2 output 1 to 8

This is output if the individual output of counters / timers Nos. 1 to 8 reaches the setting 2 value. Input/Output response time

30 ms (30 Hz timer) 10 ms (500 Hz)4 OR output

This is output if one of the counters / timers Nos. 1 to 8 reaches the setting 1 (setting 3) value.

11 RUN outputON when the CPU normally operates / OFF when the CPU does not operate normally.

Response timeON: After the power is supplied 1.5 s or lessOFF: After an abnormality is detected 10 ms or less

Counter / Timer No. display function

The counter No. selected with the counter / timer No. selection key or by the external C/T No. selection input is displayed.

- Default setting: If the "mode" key and the "+" key are simultaneously pressed, the default setting mode starts to initialize the following data.(1) Selection of the counter and timer, (2) Setting of the counting speed and timing unit, (3) Prohibition/Permit selection of the reset key, and (4) Selection of the set value concerning the OR output (Setting 1 or setting 3)

KCM-50/51 SeriesConnection

540

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KCV

KCX

KCM

■General Specifications (Commonly Used in KCM-50/51 Series)

Items Specifications

Supply VoltageKCM-50 series: 24 V DC±10% (21.6 to 26.4 V) KCM-51 series: 24 V DC±15% (20.4 to 27.6 V)

Power Consumption 5 W


-10 to +55˚C

Storage Temperature -20 to +70˚C (No freezing)



Insulation Resistance100 MΩ or higher　500 V DC (Between power supply terminal and input-output terminal)

Dielectric Voltage500 V AC　50/60 Hz 1 min (Between live parts and externally-exposed non-charged metal part)

Noise Resistance

Between power supply terminals: ±1 kV (Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns) Between input terminals: ±500 V (Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns)

Vibration Resistance

Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.75 mm10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions

Impact Resistance 98 m/s2, 3 axial directions

Case Exterior Munsell N-4 (dark gray) ABS material

Weight 350 g

■PriceModel Number Price

KCM-50

OpenKCM-50-1

KCM-50P

KCM-50P-1

KCM-51Open

KCM-51-1

(Accessories) Mounting bracket

■ Dimensions　 (Unit: mm)

■Terminal AssignmentKCM-50 Series

KCM-51 Series

1 2 3 4 5 6 71 2 3 Equipment

Stop1 2 3

4 5 6 RUN

Prediction Output Count Input

4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 217 8 9 Operational

Speed7 8 9

+24V0VCOM

OUTCOM

INCOMR

eset

Cou

nter

No.


CH

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

1 2 3 OR OutputSetting 1/3

1 2 3

4 5 6 RUN

Setting 2 Output C/T Input

4 5 6

7 8 N.C BA 7 8 B0

+24V0VCOM

OUTCOM

INCOMR

eset


B2B1

C/T No. Selection Input

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

KCM-50

KCM-51

1 2 3 4 5 6 71 2 3 Equipment

Stop1 2 3

4 5 6 RUN


4 5 6

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 217 8 9 Operational

Speed7 8 9

+24V0VCOM

OUTCOM

INCOMR

eset

Cou

nter

No.


CH

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

1 2 3 OR OutputSetting 1/3

1 2 3

4 5 6 RUN


4 5 6

7 8 N.C BA 7 8 B0

+24V0VCOM

OUTCOM

INCOMR

eset


B2B1

C/T No. Selection Input

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

KCM-50

KCM-51

Thickness of Mounting Plate 1 to 5

Mounting Bracket

67.4

67.472

72

659 17.5

ResetCounter

No. ■Prediction

Prediction

EquipmentStop

Set Value

Current Value

Equipment Stop

SetSettingMode

Selection

CounterNo.

Display

75

75

68 +0.5−0

68+

0.5

−0

Square Hole

KCM-50/51 SeriesGeneral Specifications/Dimensions

541

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



Model Number Appearance Applicable Counter Dimensions Price

Socket for Surface-Mount Installation

(Terminal Block)

KF-03

105 g

KCXKCX-B

Open

Socket for Embedded Installation

KB-03

105 g

KCXKCX-B

Open

KB-04 TC-4Ｌ Open

47

54 6 7

12 11 10

8

93

72 20 22

4.5 22

84

72

31 45

2–φ

4.5

Hol

e84

32

Hole for 2-M3

5 46 13 2

60±0.2

14 12 1113 810 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Electronic Counters Related ProductsSocket

542

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

TC-V SeriesFeatures

Digital Tachometers- The TC-V series has a compact DIN48□ size with an easy-to-see large display.- With characters represented by bright large red LEDs, 10 mm high characters can be clearly seen from a distance and an angle.- The green LED is used for the preset value to differentiate it from the measured values.- The preset value can be easily set to 0 using the setting key corresponding to each digit, like using a digital switch.- The TC-V series can be easily operated owing to a selection method that uses

DIP switches for basic functional setting and the digit keys for detailed setting.

■FeaturesProtection Functions for Each KeyKey protection can be set for each key to prevent unintended operation.



Multi-voltage Power Supply for AC TypeThe AC type covers supply voltages of 85 to 264 V AC and can be used for any power source.

Protection Fulfilling IP65Sheet keys are used for the front panel, which enables users to safely operate the device even with wet or unclean hands.

Conformity to CE and ULCE marking compliant and UL standard (UL508) certi�ed product.

　Prescale FunctionsThe TC-V series features built-in prescale functions that can convert rotating speed into speed, �ow rate, and work load per unit time.

Stable DisplayThe measuring time can be set to stabilize the display at high speed. Measuring time can be selected from 0.2/0.5/1.0/2.0 s.

High Speed ResponseThe measuring input is 20 kHz.

High AccuracyAs the measuring method, the period measurement method is used, which can realize high accuracy at low speed.

"0" Display Immediately After Rotation StopsThe stop judgment time that immediately displays "0" after rotation stops can be selected from 0.2/0.5/1.0/2.0/6.0 s.

With-output Model is Also Available.The single preset type is available, which supports rotation control.

Zero Suppression FunctionUnnecessary 0 (zeros) of high-order digits are not displayed.

■Model Number List

Classification Model Number Digit Power SourcePower Source for

Sensors 24 V DC, 60 mA

Price

Digital Tachometer with Single PresetTC-V6S

6

AC ● Open

TC-V6S-C DC Open

Digital Tachometer Only for DisplayTC-V6 AC ● Open

TC-V6-C DC Open

(Accessories) Mounting frame

CE Marking Compliant

- Series classification

- Number of digits to display

- Preset Blank : For display S : 1-stage preset


TC- V 6 -

543

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-V SeriesSpecifications

■General SpecificationsItems

Rating

AC Power DC Power





24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 60 mA (Ripple noise:10%p-p or lower)


Ambient Temperature -10 to 50˚C

Storage Temperature -20 to 70˚C (No freezing)

Ambient Humidity 35 to 85% RH (No condensation)

Withstand Voltage2 kV AC 1 min (AC input, 0 V, between relay contacts) (DC power supply type: 0 V, only between relay contacts)




Malfunction 98 m/s2　 11 ms, 3 axial directions




Weight Approx. 150 g Approx. 110 g

Terminal Block




■Performance SpecificationsItems Rating

Type Tachometer

Setting Single setting with prediction output/No prediction output (Different model No.)

Digit 6 digits

Display Measured value display: Red LED, height of characters 10 mm. Preset value display: Green LED, height of characters 7 mm

Counting System Period measurement system

Measurement Item Speed of revolution only

Basic Measurement Range

10 to 999,999 rpm (When prescale is 1)

Prescale Functions M x 10-n ＝ 10-9 to 999,999　1 ≦ M ≦ 999,999, 0 ≦ n ≦ 9

Measurement Accuracy ±0.013%　Excluding when low speed input (10 Hz) is selected (±0.1% for low-speed input)

Measuring Time 0.2/0.5/1.0/2.0 s

Input

Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input)/Positive logic (Voltage input )

Input resistance: Positive logic　15 kΩ Negative logic　3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power)

Input voltage: "L" 0 to 3 V "H" 7 to 30 V

Measurement Input Response

10 Hz/20 kHz


*OutputNon-contact output: NPN open collector output, 24 V 100 mA, withstand voltage: 35 V, residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower Contact output: 1 transfer contact point (1c), 220 V AC 2 A (Resistance load)

*Output Mode Comparative output/Holding output

Key Protection Any key setting is enabled.


- Items with an * mark do not apply to display dedicated models.

544

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

■Measurement Operation(1) Rotating speed display for 1 pulse per revolution The reciprocal (ー) of the input period (T sec) of IN is multiplied by 60

and displayed as the rotating speed. * Counting range input: At the time of 1P/R and prescale 1, the range is 10 to

99,999 rpm.

(2) Measuring time　 This is used for stabilizing the display when the device rotates at high

speed. The average pulse that is input during the measuring time is displayed and, if it is larger than the measuring time, the display is updated every time the pulse is input.

■Output Operation Chart

* Only models that produce output

Holding Output

Comparative Output

■Input Single Pulse Width

TC-V SeriesOperation

Display

IN

Previous Measured Value

1T1

×60 rpm1

T3×60 rpm

1T4

×60 rpm1

T2×60 rpm

T1 T2 T4T3

Display

IN

Pulse Averagein T1

Pulse Averagein T2

1T3 ×60 rpm

T1 T2 T3

Measuring TimeMeasuring TimeMeasuring Time

MeasuringTime

Display

IN

Previous Measured Value

1T1

×60 rpm1

T3×60 rpm

1T4

×60 rpm1

T2×60 rpm

T1 T2 T4T3

Display

IN

Pulse Averagein T1

Pulse Averagein T2

1T3 ×60 rpm

T1 T2 T3

Measuring TimeMeasuring TimeMeasuring Time

MeasuringTime

保持出力比較出力

Preset Value

Non-contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFF

ON

OFFON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFFON

OFF

Predicted Value

Contact Output

Preset Value

Non-contact Output

Reset

Predicted Value

Contact Output

The prediction set value should be smaller than the preset value.If the prediction setting exceeds the preset value, the measured value becomes 0 and the prediction output (non-contact output) turns ON.


When the prediction set value is "0," non-contact output becomes the same as the output operation of contact output.


Preset Value

Non-contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFF

ON

OFFON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFFON

OFF

Predicted Value

Contact Output

Preset Value

Non-contact Output

Reset

Predicted Value

Contact Output





Preset Value

Non-contact Output

Reset

0

ON

OFF

ON

OFFON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFFON

OFF

Predicted Value

Contact Output

Preset Value

Non-contact Output

Reset

Predicted Value

Contact Output




H

Low speed (10 Hz)

L

50 ms or more 50 ms or more

H

High Speed (20 kHz)

L

25 µs or more 25 µs or more

1T

545

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-V SeriesConnection

■Terminal Connection DiagramsTC-V6S TC-V6S-C

TC-V6 TC-V6-C

* Non-contact output (OUT terminal) is also used for prediction output.

* Do not connect anything to unconnected terminals.

■Input/Output Circuit DiagramsAC power DC power

無接続の端子には何も接続しないでください。

※予報出力はNon-contact Output（OUT端子）と兼用です。

3

1 7

5

98 121110

12 to 24 V DC Powert OutputContact Output

COM N.C N.O + −

OUTNon-contact Output

OUT

R Reset Input

1 7

98 121110

32 654

R Reset Input

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V

3

7

5

1211

12 to 24 V DC Powert Output+ −

R Reset Input

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V

Contact Output

COM N.C N.O

Non-contact Output

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V

TC-V6S-C

TC-V6S TC-V6

TC-V6-C


24 V DC, 60 mA Power Source for Sensor

7

1211

32 5

R Reset Input

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V





3

1 7

5

98 121110


COM N.C N.O + −


OUT

R Reset Input

1 7

98 121110

32 654

R Reset Input

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V

3

7

5

1211


R Reset Input

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V

Contact Output

COM N.C N.O

Non-contact Output

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V

TC-V6S-C

TC-V6S TC-V6

TC-V6-C



7

1211

32 5

R Reset Input

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V





3

1 7

5

98 121110


COM N.C N.O + −


OUT

R Reset Input

1 7

98 121110

32 654

R Reset Input

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V

3

7

5

1211


R Reset Input

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V

Contact Output

COM N.C N.O

Non-contact Output

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V

TC-V6S-C

TC-V6S TC-V6

TC-V6-C



7

1211

32 5

R Reset Input

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V





3

1 7

5

98 121110


COM N.C N.O + −


OUT

R Reset Input

1 7

98 121110

32 654

R Reset Input

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V

3

7

5

1211


R Reset Input

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V

Contact Output

COM N.C N.O

Non-contact Output

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V

TC-V6S-C

TC-V6S TC-V6

TC-V6-C



7

1211

32 5

R Reset Input

IN

MeasurementInput

0 V



Internal 24 V

ON During Negative Logic Input

Internal 24 V



IN

ResetInput

3

7

IN

ResetInput

3

7

2

5 V

3.3 k

47 k

22 k

5 V

3.3 k

47 k

22 k OUT

N.C.

COM

N.O.

0 V

9

8

1

5

10

OUT

N.C.

COM

N.O.

0 V

9

8

1

5

10

5 V

1.8 k

47 k

22 k

5 V

1.8 k

47 k

22 k

24 V DC+

−

11

12


Internal 24 V


Internal 24 V



IN

ResetInput

3

7

IN

ResetInput

3

7

2

5 V

3.3 k

47 k

22 k

5 V

3.3 k

47 k

22 k OUT

N.C.

COM

N.O.

0 V

9

8

1

5

10

OUT

N.C.

COM

N.O.

0 V

9

8

1

5

10

5 V

1.8 k

47 k

22 k

5 V

1.8 k

47 k

22 k

24 V DC+

−

11

12


546

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

■Input Connection ExamplesNPN Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg) 《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-N/E》

2-wire DC System Proximity Sensor- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg) 《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-Z 》


Switch Relay- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg) - Measurement input response: 10 Hz (DIP switch 1 is ON.)


　Voltage Output or PNP Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor- Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos) 《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-E2》

Rotary Encoder- Input logic: Positive logic and negative logic are set in accordance with the

output of the encoder.《Recommended rotary encoder: TRD-J□-S , TRD-N□-S 》

- Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos)- Measurement input response: 10 Hz (DIP switch 1 is ON.)

* There is no power source for sensors in the case of the DC power source type.


Contact Output

TC-V SeriesConnection

1

5


Rated 24 V DC


COM

N.C.

N.O.

Power Source

for Load

Relay Drive Possible

Load

Load

8

9

10

OUT

0V

Load

+−

1

5


Rated 24 V DC


COM

N.C.

N.O.

Power Source

for Load


Load

Load

8

9

10

OUT

0V

Load

+−

※DC電源タイプにはありません。別途外部電源を使用してください。


DC2線式近接センサの場合ロータリエンコーダの場合


2

3

7

2

3

7

5

3

7

5

3

7

5

3

2

7

5

Power Source for Sensor(24 V DC)*

IN

Reset

0 V

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

For Measurement

For Reset

For Measurement

For Reset

2

3

7

5


IN

Reset

0 V

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

For Measurement

For Reset

White

White

Black

IN

Reset

0 V

Red (Brown)

Green (Black)

Black (Blue)


0 V

IN

Reset

0 V

IN

Measurement

Reset

Reset

0 V

IN

Measurement

Reset






2

3

7

2

3

7

5

3

7

5

3

7

5

3

2

7

5


IN

Reset

0 V

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

For Measurement

For Reset

For Measurement

For Reset

2

3

7

5


IN

Reset

0 V

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

For Measurement

For Reset

White

White

Black

IN

Reset

0 V

Red (Brown)

Green (Black)

Black (Blue)


0 V

IN

Reset

0 V

IN

Measurement

Reset

Reset

0 V

IN

Measurement

Reset






2

3

7

2

3

7

5

3

7

5

3

7

5

3

2

7

5


IN

Reset

0 V

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

For Measurement

For Reset

For Measurement

For Reset

2

3

7

5


IN

Reset

0 V

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

For Measurement

For Reset

White

White

Black

IN

Reset

0 V

Red (Brown)

Green (Black)

Black (Blue)


0 V

IN

Reset

0 V

IN

Measurement

Reset

Reset

0 V

IN

Measurement

Reset






2

3

7

2

3

7

5

3

7

5

3

7

5

3

2

7

5


IN

Reset

0 V

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

For Measurement

For Reset

For Measurement

For Reset

2

3

7

5


IN

Reset

0 V

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

For Measurement

For Reset

White

White

Black

IN

Reset

0 V

Red (Brown)

Green (Black)

Black (Blue)


0 V

IN

Reset

0 V

IN

Measurement

Reset

Reset

0 V

IN

Measurement

Reset






2

3

7

2

3

7

5

3

7

5

3

7

5

3

2

7

5


IN

Reset

0 V

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

For Measurement

For Reset

For Measurement

For Reset

2

3

7

5


IN

Reset

0 V

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

For Measurement

For Reset

White

White

Black

IN

Reset

0 V

Red (Brown)

Green (Black)

Black (Blue)


0 V

IN

Reset

0 V

IN

Measurement

Reset

Reset

0 V

IN

Measurement

Reset






2

3

7

2

3

7

5

3

7

5

3

7

5

3

2

7

5


IN

Reset

0 V

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

For Measurement

For Reset

For Measurement

For Reset

2

3

7

5


IN

Reset

0 V

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

For Measurement

For Reset

White

White

Black

IN

Reset

0 V

Red (Brown)

Green (Black)

Black (Blue)


0 V

IN

Reset

0 V

IN

Measurement

Reset

Reset

0 V

IN

Measurement

Reset


547

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-V SeriesEach Part Name and Function



Approx. 1 second after a digit key is released, the set value is entered.

2. Turns output off　* Only for models equipped with single preset

　If the [RST] key is pressed (response time is 0.1s), output turns OFF. If the [RST] key is pressed while output is ON, output turns OFF.

3. Key protection　* Only for models equipped with single preset

　The key protection can be individually set for each operation key. If a key for which the key protection is set is pressed in the run mode, the LED corresponding to the pressed key blinks to notify that the operation is prohibited.

Since the protection is set to all keys before shipment, if the power is supplied when DIP switch 7 is ON, operation of all keys is prohibited.



- Setup mode D isp lays t he se t con ten t s o f key

protection.

⑥ RST key - Operation mode Turns output off.- Setup mode Selects the setting item.


④ Preset value display (Green) - Operation mode Displays the preset value. - Setup mode Displays the setting item.

⑤ Digit key - Operation mode Changes the preset value. - Setup mode Selects the set contents.





1

2

3

12

34

56

RST





1

2

3

12

34

56

RST

Equipped with 1-stage Preset

* Compared with panels equipped with a 1-stage preset, models dedicated to display have the following different points. ①Output display : None ②Protection display : None ④Preset value display : No display in the operation mode. ⑤Digit key : Ineffective in the operation mode. ⑥RST key : Ineffective in the operation mode.

⑥

②

①

③

④

⑤

548

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4


■DIP Switch Setting- Use the DIP switches at the top of tachometer for setting.- Before operating the DIP switches, be sure that the power is turned off.

The switches do not respond to setting changes while the power is on.

　Input FrequencySelect the input frequency with the DIP switch 1.

Measuring TimeSelect the measuring time with the DIP switches 2 and 3. - In the period measurement mode, the display may fluctuate when the device rotates at high

speed because the display is updated every time the pulse is input. - If the measuring time is set, the average pulse input during the measuring time can be displayed

and the display becomes stable when the device rotates at high speed.

Stop Judgment TimeSelect the stop judgment time with the DIP switches 4, 5, and 6. - After the measurement input turns OFF and the stop judgment time elapses, this function makes

the display "0." - Note that, if the stop judgment time is set to 0.2 s in 1P/R, the minimum number of revolutions

becomes 300 rpm.

Key ProtectionSelect whether "not to use key protection" or "to use key protection" for the keys set in the setup mode with DIP switch 7. The keys for key protection can be set in the setup mode."Not to use key protection" is set before shipment.This is for setting protection* The models dedicated to display should remain OFF.

Operation ModeSelect the setup mode and the operation mode with DIP switch 8.

Dip Switch


Selects the input frequency.

Selects the measuring time.

Selects the stop judgment time.

Selects the key protection.

Selects the operation mode.

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

ON

OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Input Frequency

10 Hz

20 kHz

SW1

ON

OFF

Input frequency

Measuring Time

0.2 s

0.5 s

1.0 s

2.0 s

SW3

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

SW2

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

Measuring time

Operation mode

Key protection

Stop judgment time

Operation Mode

Setup mode

Operation mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Key Protection

Do Not

SW7

ON

OFF

Setup mode settingis enabled.

Stop Judgment Time

6.0 s (10)

2.0 s (30)

1.0 s (60)

0.5 s (120)

0.2 s (300)

SW5

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

SW4 SW6

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

The parenthesis represents the minimum number of revolutions in the case of 1 P/R.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

ON

OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Input Frequency

10 Hz

20 kHz

SW1

ON

OFF

Input frequency

Measuring Time

0.2 s

0.5 s

1.0 s

2.0 s

SW3

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

SW2

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

Measuring time

Operation mode

Key protection

Stop judgment time

Operation Mode

Setup mode

Operation mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Key Protection

Do Not

SW7

ON

OFF


Stop Judgment Time

6.0 s (10)

2.0 s (30)

1.0 s (60)

0.5 s (120)

0.2 s (300)

SW5

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

SW4 SW6

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

ON

OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Input Frequency

10 Hz

20 kHz

SW1

ON

OFF

Input frequency

Measuring Time

0.2 s

0.5 s

1.0 s

2.0 s

SW3

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

SW2

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

Measuring time

Operation mode

Key protection

Stop judgment time

Operation Mode

Setup mode

Operation mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Key Protection

Do Not

SW7

ON

OFF


Stop Judgment Time

6.0 s (10)

2.0 s (30)

1.0 s (60)

0.5 s (120)

0.2 s (300)

SW5

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

SW4 SW6

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

ON

OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Input Frequency

10 Hz

20 kHz

SW1

ON

OFF

Input frequency

Measuring Time

0.2 s

0.5 s

1.0 s

2.0 s

SW3

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

SW2

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

Measuring time

Operation mode

Key protection

Stop judgment time

Operation Mode

Setup mode

Operation mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Key Protection

Do Not

SW7

ON

OFF


Stop Judgment Time

6.0 s (10)

2.0 s (30)

1.0 s (60)

0.5 s (120)

0.2 s (300)

SW5

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

SW4 SW6

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

ON

OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Input Frequency

10 Hz

20 kHz

SW1

ON

OFF

Input frequency

Measuring Time

0.2 s

0.5 s

1.0 s

2.0 s

SW3

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

SW2

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

Measuring time

Operation mode

Key protection

Stop judgment time

Operation Mode

Setup mode

Operation mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Key Protection

Do Not

SW7

ON

OFF


Stop Judgment Time

6.0 s (10)

2.0 s (30)

1.0 s (60)

0.5 s (120)

0.2 s (300)

SW5

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

SW4 SW6

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON


549

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4



Setup Mode Setting Items(1) Prescaling ……………… Set the prescale value (10-9 to 999,999).(2) Input logic …………… Positive logic, Negative logic(3) Output mode …………… Comparison / Holding(4) Decimal point ………… Set the decimal marker to any digit.(5) Prediction output ……… Set the offset value for the preset value.

0 to 999,999(6) Reset key protection …… Set the lock for the reset key.(7) Digit key protection …… Set the lock for the digit keys.　　* For tachometers dedicated to display, items (3), (5), (6), and (7) are skipped.




Operation of the Setup ModeInitialize the setup mode using the menu as shown in the table on the right.(Use the digit keys for all settings.)

- For tachometers dedicated to display, the setting items with an * mark are skipped.

- The set contents become effective when moving to the next menu via the [RST] key.

- The key protection setting becomes active in AND conditions with the DIP switch 7. If you want to activate the protection, set DIP switch 7 in the ON position.

Operation Mode Setup Mode

①

②

③ Input logic setting (si g)

: pos Positive logic: neg Negative logic

12

④ Output mode setting (c-op)

: 1 Select the holding output : 2 Select the comparative output

12

The decimal point appears after the digit number corresponding to the digit key number.Digit key is used for the setting for no decimal point.1

⑤ Decimal point setting (d.p)

⑦ Reset key protection setting (rpro)


RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

⑧ Digit key protection setting (ppro)

Select the whether to lock each digit key or not.Digit key: K/P display part


1

: ■□□□□□□ (Lock)1: □□□□□□□ (Unlock)2


⑥ Prediction output setting (set )

a


Initial value: 0



Initial value: 2□

Initial value: 2□

RST

RST

�

1 to 999,999 can be set.

: The exponent is -1. 0 to -9 can be set.

1

1

① Prescale setting 1 (scL1)

6 5 4 3 2 1

② Prescale setting 2 (scL2)


Digit key

Initial value: 1

Initial value: 0

11 : Lit when disabled

: Enabled when out



the reset key


0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 06 5 4 3 2 1


Digit key

0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 06 5 4 3 2 1


Digit key

③ Input logic setting (si g)


12

④ Output mode setting (c-op)

: 1 Select the holding output : 2 Select the comparative output

12

The decimal point appears after the digit number corresponding to the digit key number.Digit key is used for the setting for no decimal point.1

⑤ Decimal point setting (d.p)



RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST


Select the whether to lock each digit key or not.Digit key: K/P display part


1

: ■□□□□□□ (Lock)1: □□□□□□□ (Unlock)2



a


Initial value: 0



Initial value: 2□

Initial value: 2□

RST

RST

�

1 to 999,999 can be set.

: The exponent is -1. 0 to -9 can be set.

1

1

① Prescale setting 1 (scL1)

6 5 4 3 2 1

② Prescale setting 2 (scL2)


Digit key

Initial value: 1

Initial value: 0


: Enabled when out



the reset key


0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 06 5 4 3 2 1


Digit key

0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 06 5 4 3 2 1


Digit key

550

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

TC-V SeriesExample of Operation

■Operation ModeChanges the Preset ValueChange the preset value from 120 to 240. The preset value becomes effective approx. 1 second after the change is made.

■Example of Setting the Rotating Speed Display

Displays the rotating speed when the rotary encoder of 100 pulses per revolution is used.Sets the measuring time to 1.0 s to stabilize the display when the encoder rotates at high speed. Moreover, displays the stop judgment time for 1.0 s to 1 decimal place.

1. Prescale calculation The tachometer has the prescale "1" at 1 pulse per revolution. Therefore, in the case of 100 P/R,

2. Setting DIP switches Turn the power off before operating the DIP switches.

3. Switching to the setup mode Set DIP switch 8 in the ON position, and turn the power on.

K/P

OUT

12

34

56

RST

K/P

OUT

12

34

56

RST

Before Changing

K/P

OUT

12

34

56

RST

K/P

OUT

12

34

56

RST

Change Complete

Press the digit key twice.2 Press the digit key Once.3

Rotary Encoder100 P/R

TC-VMeasurement AxisMETER

K/P

OUT

12

34

56

RST

Since the prescale setting is set by the mantissa and exponent,

1100 = 0.01

0.01 = 1×10-2

Setting item

Setting Item Contents

Measuring Time 1.0 s

Stop Judgment Time 1.0 s

Prescale Mantissa 1

Prescale Exponent -2

① Selecting the 1.0 s measuring time

- Set DIP switch 2 is in the ON position.

- Set DIP switch 3 is in the OFF position.

② Selecting the 1.0 s stop judgment time

- Set DIP switch 4 is in the OFF position.

- Set DIP switch 5 is in the ON position.

- Set DIP switch 6 is in the OFF position.1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

ON

OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


5. Switching to the operation mode When setup is completed in the setup mode, turn the power off, set DIP

switch 8 in the OFF position (to the operation mode) and turn ON the power.

6. Start the operation mode When a setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press the [RST]

key to reset the count value after the power is turned on.

⑧ 　　　　　 Setting screen

Press the key to light up the decimal point between 1st digit and 2nd digit.

Decimal Point

This setting is complete.

2

Prescale Mantissa

1

② 　　　　　 Setting screen

Press the key twice to set it to "-2."

Prescale Exponent

RST

RST

② 　　　　　Setting screen


Input Logic

③ 　　　　　 Setting screen


Output Mode

RST

① 　　　　　 Setting screen

Change to the initial value.RST

RST


the reset key

Press the reset

key to end setup.

551

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-V SeriesError Code Display/Option


Overflow error The data that should be displayed is larger than the display range.

The error indication will be automatically reset when the measured value enters the normal range. (Review the prescale and decimal point setting.)

Underflow errorThe digit of the data that should be displayed is lower than the display range.

Over input frequency Input frequency exceeds 20 kHz. Lower the input frequency.

Memory data errorPreset value / Set value and the contents of the setup mode changed.

Press the [RST] key and delete the error indication.The measured value and the timing value become "0", the preset value and the set value become "5,000", and the contents of the setup mode revert back to the preshipment defaults.


Rubber Packing KC-48PIf installed between the installation panel and TC-V, it prevents the intrusion of water into the control panel.

Open


Open

552

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

TC-V SeriesPrecautions

■How to Mount and Remove the Main BodyHow to mount the main body How to mount the terminal block and the terminal block cover

How to remove the main body

Terminal Block

Body

Fixing Screw







■Precautions in Use(1) The power source 0 V terminal ⑫ and the input common 0 V terminal ⑤ of the DC type are internally short-circuited.



(4) If the preset value / set value is changed during measurement / timing, the changed value becomes effective approx. 1 second after key input. (The tachometer performs output operation after measurement.)

(5) Enter the set contents of the DIP switches and the setup mode in the data sheet attached to the main body and keep it for maintenance.

(6) Do not use the counter in the following environments.- Any place where the ambient temperature exceeds 50˚C or falls to

-10˚C or lower.- Any place where the ambient humidity exceeds 85% or condensation

occurs due to rapid temperature change.- Any place that is exposed to dust, iron powder, and corrosive gas.- Any place that is exposed to sunlight.- Any place where there are large vibrations or shocks.


(8) When the power is shut down, the internal EEPROM is written. Since the number of writing cycles in the EEPROM is not more than

100,000, do not use the tachometer by highly frequent power source operations.

■Cautions in wiring - Wire cables separately from power lines. - When using the counter in a place where a lot of noise is generated,

separate the main body of the TC-V and the wiring from the noise sources as far as possible.






Terminal Block

Body

Fixing Screw







Terminal Block

Body

Fixing Screw







553

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-V SeriesDimensions


55 o

r m

ore

45 +0.30

Square Hole

70 o

r m

ore

48

63

48

Mounting Frame

100 (AC Power)

60 (DC Power)

6

44.5


50 10 DC Power

AC Power

Overall Depth

66 mm

106 mm





45+

0.3

0

Main Body of the TC-V

48 +0.20


Terminal ScrewM3

4×7.62=30.487.62

9.5

6.5 1.12

6.5




554

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

■TC-4 Series Tachometers LineupClassification Appearance

Model Number

Digit Input Power SourcePower Source for

SensorsPrice

Models Dedicated to Display

TC-4 4 Open collector90 to 132 V AC 180 to 264 V AC

12 V DC, 50 mA Open

Digital Output TC-4B 4 Open collector90 to 132 V AC 180 to 264 V AC

12 V DC, 50 mA Open


TC-41 4Voltage, current and electromagnetic detector

90 to 132 V AC 180 to 264 V AC

12 V DC, 50 mA Open


TC-4L-G 4 Open collector 85 to 115 V AC 12 V DC, 30 mA Open


TC-4L-H 4 Open collector 180 to 240 V AC 12 V DC, 30 mA Open

TC-4 Series TachometersCommon Features

Digital Tachometer- Prescale functions (Except TC-4L)

　 The TC-4 series features built-in prescale functions that can convert the number of revolutions into speed, flow rate, and the amount of production per unit time.

- High accuracy Owing to the period measurement method, the TC-4 series

offers high measurement accuracy in low speed rotation. The sampling function guarantees sufficient accuracy even in

high speed rotation.- Immediate zero display when rotation stops (TC-41)

　The display becomes zero 1 or 6 seconds after rotation stops.

555

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-4 Series TachometersCommon Specifications

■Measurement ExamplesExamples of Measurement in Each Mode (8 Modes)

Number of revolutionsMode 1

SpeedMode 1

TC-4 series all support

Mode 1 displays the number of revolutions.If the signal of the rotating detector is applied, the number of revolutions (rpm) is displayed.

If the prescale is performed in mode 1, mode 1 displays the speed.The number of revolutions x 2 πr = speed (r = radius of roller: m)

Passage speedMode 2

TC-4, 4B support

If the interval of the detector is not 1 m or if you want to make the mode to the speed-per-second display, the prescale should be used.

PeriodMode 3

TC-4, 4B support

The repetition period and passage time can be measured.Period measurement: 10 ms to 140 sPassage time: Unlimited

Time differenceMode 4

TC-4, 4B support

The time when the operation is performed, such as the pressing time of a pressing machine, or the time when the bulb is open, is displayed.Measurement range: 10 ms to 140 s

Operating timeMode 5

TC-4, 4B support

The time when the operation is performed, such as the pressing time of a pressing machine, or the time when the bulb is open, is displayed. Measurement range: 10 ms to 140 s

Length measurementMode 6

TC-4, 4B support

The pulse of the rotary encoder while the photoelectronic sensor for detecting objects is turned on is counted, and displayed as the length of the object after the passage of the object.A rotary encoder of any pulse number can be used via the prescale functions.

IntervalMode 7

TC-4, 4B support

The pitch ( interval) of the processing hole is measured and displayed.A rotary encoder of any pulse number can be used via the prescale functions.

Prescale counterMode 8

TC-4, 4B support

The input pulse is counted and the accumulated value is displayed.For the functions with preset, the device operates as a preset counter.Using the prescale functions, a discrete value multiplied by any number can be displayed and preset.

Number of Revolutions

Speed

Motor

rpm

m/Min.

INA

INA

Detector

m/Min.

INB INA 1 m

Sec.

INA

PeriodPassage Speed

RotaryEncoder

Parts Feeder

Sec.

INAINB A

B

Sec.

INAPress

Object Being Pressed

cm

INAINB

Length

Rotary Encoder

Length

cm

INA INB

Rotary Encoder

Interval

Interval

INA

IntegratingProximity Sensor


Speed

Motor

rpm

m/Min.

INA

INA

Detector

m/Min.

INB INA 1 m

Sec.

INA

PeriodPassage Speed

RotaryEncoder

Parts Feeder

Sec.

INAINB A

B

Sec.

INAPress


cm

INAINB

Length

Rotary Encoder

Length

cm

INA INB

Rotary Encoder

Interval

Interval

INA



Speed

Motor

rpm

m/Min.

INA

INA

Detector

m/Min.

INB INA 1 m

Sec.

INA

PeriodPassage Speed

RotaryEncoder

Parts Feeder

Sec.

INAINB A

B

Sec.

INAPress


cm

INAINB

Length

Rotary Encoder

Length

cm

INA INB

Rotary Encoder

Interval

Interval

INA



Speed

Motor

rpm

m/Min.

INA

INA

Detector

m/Min.

INB INA 1 m

Sec.

INA

PeriodPassage Speed

RotaryEncoder

Parts Feeder

Sec.

INAINB A

B

Sec.

INAPress


cm

INAINB

Length

Rotary Encoder

Length

cm

INA INB

Rotary Encoder

Interval

Interval

INA



Speed

Motor

rpm

m/Min.

INA

INA

Detector

m/Min.

INB INA 1 m

Sec.

INA

PeriodPassage Speed

RotaryEncoder

Parts Feeder

Sec.

INAINB A

B

Sec.

INAPress


cm

INAINB

Length

Rotary Encoder

Length

cm

INA INB

Rotary Encoder

Interval

Interval

INA



Speed

Motor

rpm

m/Min.

INA

INA

Detector

m/Min.

INB INA 1 m

Sec.

INA

PeriodPassage Speed

RotaryEncoder

Parts Feeder

Sec.

INAINB A

B

Sec.

INAPress


cm

INAINB

Length

Rotary Encoder

Length

cm

INA INB

Rotary Encoder

Interval

Interval

INA



Speed

Motor

rpm

m/Min.

INA

INA

Detector

m/Min.

INB INA 1 m

Sec.

INA

PeriodPassage Speed

RotaryEncoder

Parts Feeder

Sec.

INAINB A

B

Sec.

INAPress


cm

INAINB

Length

Rotary Encoder

Length

cm

INA INB

Rotary Encoder

Interval

Interval

INA



Speed

Motor

rpm

m/Min.

INA

INA

Detector

m/Min.

INB INA 1 m

Sec.

INA

PeriodPassage Speed

RotaryEncoder

Parts Feeder

Sec.

INAINB A

B

Sec.

INAPress


cm

INAINB

Length

Rotary Encoder

Length

cm

INA INB

Rotary Encoder

Interval

Interval

INA


556

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4


■Description of FunctionsPrescale FunctionsIn this function, the measured data is multiplied by a 4-digit numeric value set in advance, and the results of calculation are displayed or output to the display and the output terminal.The multiplication value is set by the �ve miniature rotary switches on the back of case.The numeric value that can be set is expressed in M x 10-n where M represents a 4-digit integer and n represents any numeric value from 0 to 9. The maximum numeric value that can be set becomes 9,999 in the case of M = 9,999 and n = 0, and the minimum numeric value becomes 1 x 10-9 in the case of M = 0001 and n = 9. The TC -4L does not have this function.

Decimal Point Switching FunctionIt is possible to make the decimal point light up in any position of a 4-digit numerical value on the display.Since the correct data is always displayed according to the position of the decimal point, the placement of the decimal point is not necessary.The decimal point lighting position can be set from the DIP switches on the back of the case.

　Sampling Function(Effective only for mode 1)The measurement principle of TC series tachometers is the period measurement method in which the time required for the measured axle to rotate one revolution is measured and the revolutions per minute are calculated based on the time.In this method, if the axle rotates at high speed, the time required for one revolution becomes shorter, deteriorating the measurement accuracy. Therefore, in the TC series, other than the regular period measurement for every one revolution, the number of revolutions is calculated from the time required for 10 revolutions or 100 revolutions in order to prevent the deterioration of measurement accuracy in high speed rotation. This is called the "sampling function" and the number of samplings can be set from the DIP switch (miniature switch) to either 1, 10, or 100 revolutions (only 1 time for the TC-4L).

Error Code Display FunctionThe error code is displayed when the measurement data exceeds the effective range or the prescale value is set outside the prescribed range.

■Common ErrorsError Code Error Name Error details

Overflow error The data that should be displayed is larger than the display range.

Underflow error The digit of the data that should be displayed by prescale and decimal point setting is lower than the display range.

Prescale setting error The integer part setting of the prescale set value is zero.

Over input frequency The input frequency in the mode 1 exceeds 10 kHz.

(Note) The error indications of E01, E02, and E04 will automatically reset when the measured value enters the normal range.

54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876

X10-n X1,000 X100 X10 X1

M

Example of prescale value 5,555

- Sampling Frequency is Set to 1.

Set in Units of Period



Set in 10 Units of Period


1098764 53210

0 100

No decimal point

1 decimal place

2 decimal place

3 decimal place

Dip Switch

Rotary Switch

54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876

X10-n X1,000 X100 X10 X1

M








1098764 53210

0 100

No decimal point

1 decimal place

2 decimal place

3 decimal place

Dip Switch

Rotary Switch

54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876

X10-n X1,000 X100 X10 X1

M








1098764 53210

0 100

No decimal point

1 decimal place

2 decimal place

3 decimal place

Dip Switch

Rotary Switch

54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876 54

32 1 09

876

X10-n X1,000 X100 X10 X1

M








1098764 53210

0 100

No decimal point

1 decimal place

2 decimal place

3 decimal place

Dip Switch

Rotary Switch

557

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4


■Explanation of the Run ModeMode 1: Measurement of the Number of Revolutions (rpm)* Excluding the TC-41 (See individual speci�cations).

* The TC-4L does not have IN B.

- The reciprocal (1/T) of the input period (T) of IN A is multiplied by 60 and displayed as the number of revolutions (rpm).

- IN B is prohibited from input and the internal measurement operation is prohibited when IN B is ON and the display data continues holding the previous state.

Mode 2: Measurement of Passage Speed (m/minute) - The reciprocal of the time (T) from ON of IN A to ON of IN B is multiplied

by 60 and displayed as the passage speed between point A and point B. - When the interval of the sensor for IN A and the sensor for IN B is 1 m, the

units are m/min.

Mode 3: Period (Measuring Range: 10 ms to 140 s) - The input period of IN A is measured and displayed as is. However, the period that can be measured is from 10 ms to 140 s, and

measurement is performed every two periods. - IN B is prohibited from input and the internal measurement operation is

prohibited when IN B is ON and the display data continues holding the previous state.

If IN B turns ON during measurement, the measurement operation is canceled.

Mode 4: Time Difference (Measuring Range: 10 ms to 140 s) - The time (T) from ON of IN A to ON of IN B is measured and displayed as

is. The time that can be measured is from 10 ms to 140 s.

　Mode 5: Operating Time (Measuring Range: 10 ms to 140 s) - The time (T) when IN A is ON is measured and displayed. The time that

can be measured is from 10 ms to 140 s . - IN B is prohibited from input and the internal measurement operation is

prohibited when IN B is ON and the display data continues holding the previous state.

- If IN B turns ON during measurement, the measurement operation is canceled.

Mode 6　Mode 6: Length Measurement (Measurement of Length)　* IN A responsivity: 10 kHz

- The number of pulses that are input to IN A while IN B is ON is counted, and the number of pulses counted when IN B is OFF is displayed.

- When the reset input is ON, the indicated value returns zero.

Mode 7　Mode 7: Interval (Measurement of Interval) * IN A responsivity: 10 kHz

- The number of pulses that have been input in IN A since IN B turned ON is counted, and the number of impulses that have been input in IN A until IN B turns ON next is displayed.


Mode 8　Mode 8: Prescale Counter (Integrating Display of Pulse) * IN A responsivity: 1 kHz

- The number of pulses applied to IN A is counted and a discrete value is displayed.

- IN B is the prohibition input for IN A and ignores the input of IN A while IN B is ON.


Previous measurementDisplay

IN A

IN BT1

The measuring range is 10 to 9,999 rpm when the input is 1 P/R, sampling = 1, and prescale = 1.In the case above, the period (T) should be 300 ms or more, and if the period is below 300 ms, the number of revolutions is measured at the interval of one period of more.The previous measured value is displayed 6 sec after rotation stops.

× 60 rpm

T2 T3

1T1

1T1

1T2

1T3

1T2

1T3

1T3

× 60 rpm × 60 rpm × 60 rpmRetains

IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2

Previous measurement T1 T2Display


IN A

IN BT1

The measuring range T should be between 10 ms and 6 sec. Until the start of the next measurements, downtime Ta of 30 ms is required.

× 60 m/min

Ta T2 Ta T3

× 60 m/min × 60 m/min

Previous Measurement T1 T2 T3 Retains T3 T4Display

IN A

IN BT1

Until the start of the next measurements, downtime Ta of 30 ms is required.

Ta TaT2 T3 T4

IN A

IN B

Reset

Input Inhibit

Display 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 95 6 7 8 9 10 11

IN A

IN B

Reset

Counting at This Interval(20 ms or more)


Previous Count Discrete Value 11 Discrete Value 9 Zero DisplayDisplay

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IN A

IN B

Reset

T Counting at This Interval Ta Counting at This Interval T≧1 msTa≧20 ms

Previous Count Discrete Value 11 Discrete Value 8 ZeroDisplay

IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2 T3

Previous measurement T1 T2 T3Display

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11


IN A

IN BT1


× 60 rpm

T2 T3

1T1

1T1

1T2

1T3

1T2

1T3

1T3


IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2



IN A

IN BT1


× 60 m/min

Ta T2 Ta T3

× 60 m/min × 60 m/min


IN A

IN BT1


Ta TaT2 T3 T4

IN A

IN B

Reset

Input Inhibit

Display 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 95 6 7 8 9 10 11

IN A

IN B

Reset




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IN A

IN B

Reset



IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2 T3


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11


IN A

IN BT1


× 60 rpm

T2 T3

1T1

1T1

1T2

1T3

1T2

1T3

1T3


IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2



IN A

IN BT1


× 60 m/min

Ta T2 Ta T3

× 60 m/min × 60 m/min


IN A

IN BT1


Ta TaT2 T3 T4

IN A

IN B

Reset

Input Inhibit

Display 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 95 6 7 8 9 10 11

IN A

IN B

Reset




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IN A

IN B

Reset



IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2 T3


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11


IN A

IN BT1


× 60 rpm

T2 T3

1T1

1T1

1T2

1T3

1T2

1T3

1T3


IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2



IN A

IN BT1


× 60 m/min

Ta T2 Ta T3

× 60 m/min × 60 m/min


IN A

IN BT1


Ta TaT2 T3 T4

IN A

IN B

Reset

Input Inhibit

Display 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 95 6 7 8 9 10 11

IN A

IN B

Reset




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IN A

IN B

Reset



IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2 T3


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11


IN A

IN BT1


× 60 rpm

T2 T3

1T1

1T1

1T2

1T3

1T2

1T3

1T3


IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2



IN A

IN BT1


× 60 m/min

Ta T2 Ta T3

× 60 m/min × 60 m/min


IN A

IN BT1


Ta TaT2 T3 T4

IN A

IN B

Reset

Input Inhibit

Display 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 95 6 7 8 9 10 11

IN A

IN B

Reset




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IN A

IN B

Reset



IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2 T3


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11


IN A

IN BT1


× 60 rpm

T2 T3

1T1

1T1

1T2

1T3

1T2

1T3

1T3


IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2



IN A

IN BT1


× 60 m/min

Ta T2 Ta T3

× 60 m/min × 60 m/min


IN A

IN BT1


Ta TaT2 T3 T4

IN A

IN B

Reset

Input Inhibit

Display 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 95 6 7 8 9 10 11

IN A

IN B

Reset




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IN A

IN B

Reset



IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2 T3


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11


IN A

IN BT1


× 60 rpm

T2 T3

1T1

1T1

1T2

1T3

1T2

1T3

1T3


IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2



IN A

IN BT1


× 60 m/min

Ta T2 Ta T3

× 60 m/min × 60 m/min


IN A

IN BT1


Ta TaT2 T3 T4

IN A

IN B

Reset

Input Inhibit

Display 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 95 6 7 8 9 10 11

IN A

IN B

Reset




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IN A

IN B

Reset



IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2 T3


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11


IN A

IN BT1


× 60 rpm

T2 T3

1T1

1T1

1T2

1T3

1T2

1T3

1T3


IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2



IN A

IN BT1


× 60 m/min

Ta T2 Ta T3

× 60 m/min × 60 m/min


IN A

IN BT1


Ta TaT2 T3 T4

IN A

IN B

Reset

Input Inhibit

Display 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 95 6 7 8 9 10 11

IN A

IN B

Reset




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IN A

IN B

Reset



IN A

IN BT1

Downtime Ta≧30 ms

Ta T2 T3


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11

558

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

TC-4 Series TachometersUse Example

■ Example of Connection of the Terminal

Proximity SensorThe type of proximity sensors that can be connected are the APS series models with an N or E and Z attached to the output symbol.Example: APS3-16F-E

Rotary encoder

■Example ApplicationsExample 1: Measurement of the Travel Speed Between the Two PointsAs shown in the �gure below, the travel speed of an object that passes below the sensors installed at the interval of 1 meter is detected and displayed as the travel speed per minute (m/minute).

《Design 1》 Selection of a model Display the TC-4 for the speed indication.

《Design 2》 Input sensor Use the photoelectronic sensor for IN A and IN B.

《Design 3》 Setting DIP switches Set the 8 DIP switches on the back of the TC-4.

《Design 4》 Setting the prescale Set to x 1. (The prescale is set to x 1 before shipment.)

《Design 5》 Connection

100 V AC

200 V AC

1110987654321+12 V

+12 V

+12 V

OUT

OUT

0 V

0 V

IN A IN B R 0 V

Reset 1

Brown (Red)

Brown (Red)

Black (White)

Black (White)

Blue (Black)

Blue (Black)

接続可能な入力用近接センサの種類APSシリーズ：出力記号にNまたはE,Zが付く機種　　　　　　　〈例〉APS3-16F-E

54321

+12 VOUT0 V

IN A IN B R 0 V

RedGreenBlack

ShieldTRD-J□-STRD-J□-RZ

ProximitySensor

ProximitySensor

For IN A

For IN B

+12 V

100 V AC

200 V AC

1110987654321+12 V

+12 V

+12 V

OUT

OUT

0 V

0 V

IN A IN B R 0 V

Reset 1

Brown (Red)

Brown (Red)

Black (White)

Black (White)

Blue (Black)

Blue (Black)

接続可能な入力用近接センサの種類APSシリーズ：出力記号にNまたはE,Zが付く機種　　　　　　　〈例〉APS3-16F-E

54321

+12 VOUT0 V

IN A IN B R 0 V

RedGreenBlack

ShieldTRD-J□-STRD-J□-RZ

ProximitySensor

ProximitySensor

For IN A

For IN B

+12 V

100V AC

1110987654321+12V IN A IN B R 0V

ResetFor IN A (Reset the display.)

PhotoelectricSensor

PhotoelectricSensor

For IN B

Sensor

1 mm/min.

IN B IN A

TC-4

X10-n X1000 X100 X10 X1

0 0 0 0 1

5432 1 09876 5432 1 09876 5432 1 09876 5432 1 09876 5432 1 09876

100V AC

1110987654321+12V IN A IN B R 0V


PhotoelectricSensor

PhotoelectricSensor

For IN B

Sensor

1 mm/min.

IN B IN A

TC-4

X10-n X1000 X100 X10 X1

0 0 0 0 1

5432 1 09876 5432 1 09876 5432 1 09876 5432 1 09876 5432 1 09876

100V AC

1110987654321+12V IN A IN B R 0V


PhotoelectricSensor

PhotoelectricSensor

For IN B

Sensor

1 mm/min.

IN B IN A

TC-4

X10-n X1000 X100 X10 X1

0 0 0 0 1

5432 1 09876 5432 1 09876 5432 1 09876 5432 1 09876 5432 1 09876

Switch Purpose Design Condition Setting

1 Input frequency high speed input OFF

2Decimal point 1 digit after decimal point (000.0)

ON

3 OFF

4

Operation mode Mode 2

ON

5 OFF

6 OFF

7 Number of samplings

1OFF

8 OFF

559

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-4 Series Tachometers

560

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

TC-4Features

Display-dedicated Type Tachometer - Multifunctional high-performance model for display- The large LED numeric indicators that emit red light display bright, easy-to-

see characters with the height of 14.2 mm.- The 8 operation modes enable measurement of the number of revolutions,

speed, period, time difference, duration, length and interval, and integration.- The TC-4 has a prescale, sampling, and decimal point switching functions.- Display period: When the period of the input pulse is within 0.4 sec,

the displayed data changes every 0.4 sec.

■Electrical SpecificationsItems Specifications

Rated Voltage Range 90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V

Rated Frequency 50/60 Hz

Power Consumption 14 VA

Withstand Voltage2,000 V AC 1 min (Between power supply and external terminal)

Insulation Resistance20 MΩ or higher 500 V DC (Between power supply and external terminal)

■Environmental SpecificationsItems Specifications

Ambient Operating Temperature

-10 to +50˚C





Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directionsMalfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions

Impact ResistanceEndurance: 490 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directionsMalfunction: 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions

Noise Resistance 1 kV　1 μs　Between power supply terminals

■ Function/Performance Specifications



Function Only display

DisplayRed 7-segment LED, 4-digit, height of characters 14.2 mm


10 to 9,999 rpm, 10 ms to 140 s, 1 to 9,999 count

Measurement Accuracy ±1 degit (mode 1)/±0.1 ms (mode 2 to 5)

Measurement Item 8 mode*

Prescale FunctionsM x 10-n ＝ 10-9 to 9,999 　1 ≦ M ≦ 9,999, 0 ≦ n ≦ 9 (M and n are integers)

Sampling Function 1 time, 10 times, 100 times (Effective only for mode 1)

Connection Method Backside screw terminal block


12 V DC　50 mA

Power Source Reset Power supply shutdown time 0.5 s/Reset time 0.6 s

Dimensions (mm) 96 W x 48 H x 105 D

Weight Approx. 450 g

Accessories Mounting brackets, unit label

Price Open

* 8 mode Mode 1 Number of revolutions rpm Mode 2 Passage speed m/minute Mode 3 Period Second Mode 4 Time difference Second Mode 5 Operating time Second Mode 6 Length measurement Mode 7 Interval Mode 8 Prescale counter

■Input Specifications

Name

Specifications

ResponsivityInput

ResistanceInput Voltage

ON Voltage OFF Voltage

Count Input10 Hz 10 kHz

Switching 1 kΩ 0 to 4 V 10 to 30 V

Reset Input* 30 ms

* The display cannot be reset in modes 1 to 5.

Input Single Pulse Width Configuration of the Input Circuit

0 V

Up to 12 mA

+12 V

Each Input

INA･INB･Reset

When each input terminal is short-circuited to the 0 V terminal, input turns ON.

InternalCircuit

InputSingle

1 kΩ

INA･INB Low Speed

INA･INB High Speed

HL

HL


50 µs or higher 50 µs or higher

561

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-4Each Part Name and Function

■ Explanation of the Back PanelThe connecting terminals and setting switches are centrally provided on the back panel of the case.

■Setting the PrescaleThe prescale function is used for displaying the obtained measured value multiplied by a certain constant.

Measured Value x Prescale Value = Indicated ValueAs the prescale value, any 4-digit numeric value from a minimum 1 x 10-9 to a maximum 9,999 x 10-0 = 9,999 can be set.

[Note] - The exponent (10-n) can be set in the range of 0 to 9. - If the prescale function is not used, the prescale should be set to

1 x 10-0 = 1 as shown below.

■Setting the Back Side DIP Switches

Switch 1　Input Frequency Switching

Switch 2･3　Decimal Point Switching

Switch 4･5･6　Operation Mode Switching

Switch 7･8　Switching the Number of Samplings

54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76

X10-n X1000 X100 X10 X1

The Rotary Switch Turned with a Screwdriver

54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76

0 0 0 0 1

Setting when the Prescale is Not Used

54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76

X10-n X1000 X100 X10 X1


54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76

0 0 0 0 1


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Switching the Number of Samplings (1 time, 10 times, 100 times)

スイッチ1

スイッチ4,5,6

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3

Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes)

Decimal Point Switching

Input Frequency Switching

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4,5,6

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3




ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4,5,6

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3




ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4,5,6

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3




ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4,5,6

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3




ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

ON/Position 10 Hz for both IN A and IN B (Low speed)

OFF/Position 10 kHz for both IN A and IN B (High speed)

Switch

2 OFF ON OFF ON

3 OFF OFF ON ON

Switch 1 Time 10 Times 100 Times

7 OFF ON OFF ON

8 OFF OFF ON ON

1 2 4 6 7 8 9 10 113 5

Prescaling

8 DIP Switches Rotary Switch

Terminal Block

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Back

Switch Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7 Mode 8

4 OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON

5 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON

6 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON

562

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

TC-4Connection

■Connecting the Terminal Block1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

+12 V IN A IN B R 0 V

200 V AC

100 V AC

Terminal Number

Symbol Description

1 +12 V DC power output for supplying to the sensor

2 IN A Input

3 IN B Input

4 RReset input (Display is reset in modes 6, 7, and 8.)

5 0 V Common of input and sensor power supply

6 Empty (Not connected)



9 200 V AC

Power source input 10 100 V AC

11 0 V AC

563

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-4Dimensions


96

48

92+0.8 0

45+0

.6 0

4.47 7.62 7.62

6.3

71.

3

12.5

Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation Terminal Block Detail Drawing

If the dust cover (provided) is used, the dimensions should be 47 x 94.

Anchoring Metal (Provided)

99


6

564

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

TC-4BFeatures

Display-dedicated Type Tachometer with Digital Output - Having the basic configuration of the TC-4, the TC-4B model features

additional digital output (BCD code) functions.- Other functions except the digital output are the same as the TC-4.- Display period: Although the display data and BCD output are the same,

the digital output is output earlier than the display data when the input period is not longer than 0.4 sec.









-10 to +50˚C



35 to 90%RH (No condensation)


Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directionsMalfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions

Impact ResistanceEndurance: 490 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directionsMalfunction: 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions

Noise Resistance 1kV　1μs　Between power supply terminals


0 V

Up to 12 mA

+12 V

Each Input

INA･INB･Reset･Hold


InternalCircuit

InputSingle

1 kΩ

INA･INB Low Speed

INA･INB High Speed

HL

HL



■Function/Performance SpecificationsItems Specifications


Function Digital output (BCD output 4-digit)

Display Red 7-segment LED, 4-digit, height of characters 14.2 mm


0 to 9,999 rpm, 10 ms to 140 s, 1 to 9,999 count

Measurement Accuracy ±1 degit (mode 1)/±0.1 ms (mode 2 to 5)

Measurement Item 8 mode*




Power Source for Sensors 12 V DC　50 mA

Power Source ResetPower supply shutdown time 0.5 second/Reset time 0.5 second



Accessories Mounting brackets, card edge connector, unit label

Price Open

* 8 mode Mode 1 Number of revolutions rpm Mode 2 Passage speed m/minute Mode 3 Period Second Mode 4 Time difference Second Mode 5 Operating time Second Mode 6 Length measurement Mode 7 Interval Mode 8 Prescale counter■Input Specifications

Name

Specifications

ResponsivityInput



Count Input10 Hz 10 kHz

Switching 1 kΩ 0 to 4 V 10 to 30 V

Reset Input30 ms

Hold Input

■Output SpecificationsCircuit Configuration Open collector

Operation ON for data 1

Working Voltage 24 V or lower

Working Current 30 mA or lower

Residual Voltage 2 V or lower

30 ms or less

5 to 15 ms

OFFON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

IN A

Internal Operation

BCD Output

BUSY Output

HOLD Input

1, 2, 3, ........... 9

30 mA, Withstand Voltage: Up to 30 V

11 (12)

BCD Output and BUSY/ HOLD Timing (Example of Mode 1)

Configuration of BCD Output and BUSY Output

565

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-4BEach Part Name and Function

■ Explanation of the Back PanelThe connecting terminals and setting switches are centrally provided on the back panel of the case.


Measured Value x Prescale Value = Indicated ValueAs the prescale value, any 4-digit numeric value from a minimum 1 x 10-9 to a maximum 9,999 x 10-0 = 9,999 can be set.


1 x 10-0 = 1 as shown below.


Switch 1　Input Frequency Switching

Switch 2･3　Decimal Point Switching

Switch 4･5･6　Operation Mode Switching

Switch 7･8　Switching the Number of Samplings

54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76

X10-n X1000 X100 X10 X1


54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76

0 0 0 0 1


54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76

X10-n X1000 X100 X10 X1


54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76

0 0 0 0 1


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4,5,6

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3




ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4,5,6

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3




ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4,5,6

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3




ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4,5,6

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3




ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4,5,6

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3




ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

ON/Position 10 Hz for both IN A and IN B (Low speed)

OFF/Position 10 kHz for both IN A and IN B (High speed)

Switch

2 OFF ON OFF ON

3 OFF OFF ON ON


7 OFF ON OFF ON

8 OFF OFF ON ON

1 2 4 6 7 8 9 10 113 5

Prescaling

Printed Board (Card Edge Terminals)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Dip Switch Rotary Switch

Terminal Block

Back

Switch Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7 Mode 8

4 OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON

5 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON

6 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON

566

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

TC-4BConnection

■ Connecting the Terminal Block

■Connection of a Card Edge TerminalThe TC-4B outputs 4-digit decimal numbers by BCD signal to the card edge terminal (connector is provided).

Switching the OUT CommonTerminal No. 11 and terminal No.12 are internally connected. If the No.13 CH and terminal No.11 are short-circuited, terminal No.11 is separated to the input common and terminal No.12 is separated to the output common respectively.

■ Example of BCD Output ConnectionIf No.11 (input common) of the card edge terminal is connected to No.13 (CH), the input common is separated from the output common.When taking in BCD data from two or more TC-4B units for the PLC (programmable controller), the TC-4B units can have a common BCD output and BUSY output, and, therefore, the PLC can con�gure 17 input points. In this case, however, all BCD outputs and BUSY outputs require a diode.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11


200 V AC

100 V AC

Terminal Number

Symbol Description


2 IN A Input

3 IN B Input

4 RReset input (Display is reset in modes 6, 7, and 8.)





9 200 V AC


11 0 V AC

TC-4B 1 PLC (Example: SU-6B)

TC-4B 2

1 digit 1

4 digit 8

BUSY

O・C

O・C

2

2

～

0 V

CH

11

13

1 digit 1

4 digit 8

BUSY

～

0 V

CH

11

13

1A

1A

1B

1B

4D

4D

Input

Output

BCD Input

BUSY Input

1 Selection

2 Selection

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1C

1A

1D

1B

2C

2A

2D

2B

3C

3A

3D

3B

4C

4A

4D

4B

BUSY

BUSY

HOLD

HOLD

0 V

0 V

O・C

O・C

CH

CH

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

B

ASymbol of the Terminal Nameplate

1

4

Upper B

Bottom A

Digit and Others

2

8

1

4

2

8

1

4

2

8

1

4

2

8

BUSY

BUSY

HOLD

HOLD

0 V

0 V

O・C

O・C

CH

CH

Empty

Empty

Common

Meaning of the Signal

Note: Card edge terminal No. 11 and terminal No. 5 of the terminal block are internally connected.

1 digit 2 digit 3 digit 4 digit Output Input OUTCommon

O・CSwitching

11 12 130 V OUT Common

Input Common Output Common

CH

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1C

1A

1D

1B

2C

2A

2D

2B

3C

3A

3D

3B

4C

4A

4D

4B

BUSY

BUSY

HOLD

HOLD

0 V

0 V

O・C

O・C

CH

CH

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

B

ASymbol of the Terminal Nameplate

1

4

Upper B

Bottom A

Digit and Others

2

8

1

4

2

8

1

4

2

8

1

4

2

8

BUSY

BUSY

HOLD

HOLD

0 V

0 V

O・C

O・C

CH

CH

Empty

Empty

Common

Meaning of the Signal

Note: Card edge terminal No. 11 and terminal No. 5 of the terminal block are internally connected.

1 digit 2 digit 3 digit 4 digit Output Input OUTCommon

O・CSwitching

11 12 130 V OUT Common

Input Common Output Common

CH

567

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-4BDimensions


96

48

92+0.8 0

45+

0.6

0

Multi-connector (Provided)


99


104

114

6(9.5)

4.47 7.62 7.62

6.3

71.

3

12.5


568

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

TC-41Features

Display-dedicated Type Tachometer with Multifunctional Input - Models dedicated to displaying the number of revolutions feature an input

circuit that can support all kinds of devices.- The TC-41 quickly displays zero when rotation stops

(1 or 6 sec after rotation stops). To display the measured value for 1 sec as an average, the TC-41 can minimize the

instability of the display caused by the rotating irregularity of the measured machine.- The TC-41 features prescale, sampling, and decimal point switching functions.









-10 to +50˚C



35 to 90%RH (No condensation)


Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions

Impact ResistanceEndurance: 490 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Malfunction: 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions

Noise Resistance 1 kV 1 μs Between power supply terminals

■Function/Performance Specifications



Function Only display, Multifunctional input

Display Red 7-segment LED, 4-digit, height of characters 14.2 mm


10 to 9,999 rpm/60 to 9,999 rpm Switching

Measurement Accuracy ±1 degit

Measurement Item Number of revolutions (rpm) (Only for mode 1)





12 V DC　50 mA


Dimensions (mm) 96 W x 48H x 105 D



Price Open

* Since the mean value for 1 sec is displayed, if the measured value has changed, the intermediate value is displayed.

Voltage Input 1, 2 Voltage Input 1

12 V

+12 V

IN1 IN1

0 V 0 V

IN1

0 V

IN2

0 V 0 V

R

12 V

3.3 k

15 k

Sensor SensorInput Circuit Input Circuit

Voltage Input 2 Input for Electromagnetic Detector

12 V 12 V

1 k

1 k10 k

Sensor Input Circuit

Reset Input

IN1･IN2 Low Speed

IN1･IN2 High Speed

50 ms or more


50 ms or more

Input Single Pulse Width

Configuration of the Input Circuit Voltage Input 1, 2 Voltage Input 1

12 V

+12 V

IN1 IN1

0 V 0 V

IN1

0 V

IN2

0 V 0 V

R

12 V

3.3 k

15 k

Sensor SensorInput Circuit Input Circuit

Voltage Input 2 Input for Electromagnetic Detector

12 V 12 V

1 k

1 k10 k

Sensor Input Circuit

Reset Input

IN1･IN2 Low Speed

IN1･IN2 High Speed

50 ms or more


50 ms or more

Input Single Pulse Width

Configuration of the Input Circuit


Name

Specifications

Responsivity Input ResistanceInput Voltage


Voltage Input 1 (12 to 24 V)10 Hz 10 kHz Switching

15 kΩ 0 to 4 V 6 to 30 V

Voltage Input 2 (5 V) 15 kΩ 0 to 1.5 V 2.5 to 30 V

Current Input 1 3.5 kΩ*1 0 to 4 V 6 to 30 V

Current Input 2 1 kΩ*1 0 to 4 V 6 to 30 V

Input for Electromagnetic Detector10 Hz*2 10 kHz Switching

10 kΩ

10 Hz : 0.3 Vp-p or more100 Hz : 0.3 Vp-p or more1 kHz : 2 Vp-p or more10 kHz : 20 Vp-p or more

Reset Input (Open Collector) 30 ms 1 kΩ*1 0 to 4 V 10 to 30 V

*1 Pull-up to 12 V inside*2 If the input frequency is 10 Hz or more, set the backside DIP switch 1 in the OFF position (10 kHz). IN1 and IN2 cannot be simultaneously used.

569

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-41Each Part Name and Function

■ Explanation of the Back / Side PanelThe connecting terminals and setting switches are installed on the back and side of the case.


Measured value x Prescale value = Indicated valueAs the prescale value, any 4-digit numeric value from a minimum 1 x 10-9 to a maximum 9,999 x 10-0 = 9,999 can be set.


1 x 10-0 = 1 as shown below. The default settings are all zero.


Switch 1　Input frequency switching

Switch 2･3　Decimal point switching

Switch 4　Measurement range switching

Switch 7･8　Switching the number of samplings

■Setting the Side DIP Switches

1 2 4 6 7 8 9 10 113 5

Prescaling

8 Dip Switch Rotary Switch

Terminal Block

3 Dip Switch

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Back

Side

54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76

X10-n X1000 X100 X10 X1


54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76

0 0 0 0 1


54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76

X10-n X1000 X100 X10 X1


54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76 54

32 1 098

76

0 0 0 0 1


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3

Measurement Range Switching



* 5 and 6 are not in use.

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3





ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3





ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3





ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


スイッチ1

スイッチ4

スイッチ7.8

スイッチ2,3





ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

ON 10 Hz for both IN A and IN B (Low speed)

OFF 10 kHz for both IN A and IN B (High speed)

Switch

2 OFF ON OFF ON

3 OFF OFF ON ON

ON 60 to 9,999 rpm*　 0 is displayed 1 sec after the rotation stops.

OFF 10 to 9,999 rpm*　 0 is displayed 6 sec after the rotation stops.

* 1 revolution 1 pulse and prescale = 1


7 OFF ON OFF ON

8 OFF OFF ON ON

SwitchVoltage input 1 (12 to 24 V)

Voltage input 2 (5 V)

Current input 1 Current input 2

1 OFF ON OFF OFF

2 OFF OFF ON OFF

3 OFF OFF OFF ON

1 32

Input Mode Switching of IN1

ON

OFF

570

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

TC-41Connection

■ Connecting the Terminal Block ■ Supported Detectors (Example)

* When making a digital rotation display of an inverter motor, connect the signal for frequency meter (tachometer) of the inverter to the TC-41. However, if this is an analog signal (voltage, current), it cannot be connected to the TC-41.

Moreover, if a pulse signal is output, set the TC-41 so that the output circuit and signal level match with each other.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11


200 V AC

100 V AC

Terminal Number

Symbol Description


2 IN 1 Input

3 IN 2 Input

4 R Reset input





9 200 V AC


11 0 V AC

2-wire DC system proximity sensor output

General-purpose inverter (5 V)*TTL (Totem-pole output 5 V)

Voltage output type sensor (12 to 24 V)

IN 1

Voltage input 1

Voltage input 2

2 W DC input

IN 2Electromagnetic detector input

Gear sensorAC tacho generator

IN1 and IN2 cannot be used simultaneously.

Switching by the DIP switches

■Connection ExamplesSupported Sensor Input Mode Setting the DIP Switch (Side) Connection diagram

Voltage Output Type Sensor (12 to 24 V)

Voltage output type proximity sensor<Example> APS-80A-2T APS-30-2T

Voltage input 1

Voltage Output Type Sensor (5 V)

(General-purpose inverter)TTL of totem-pole output, etc.

Voltage input 2

Namur Output Type Proximity Sensor Current input 1

Current Output Type Sensor

Open collector output2-wire DC system proximity sensor, etc.<Example> APS3-12GMC-Z APS5-12GK-Z

Current input 2

NPN Open Collector Output Type Sensor

Connectable either by Namur input or current input.<Example> APS5-12GK-E/APS3-16F-E TRD-J□-S/RZ

Namur input or current input

[Note] - When a power supply for sensor (+12 V) is used, ensure that the consumption current of the sensor is not more than 50 mA. The sensors shown in the <Example> above are all connectible. - When the input for electromagnetic detector (IN2) is used, set all DIP switches on the side in the OFF position.

<Example> Gear sensor AC tacho generator, etc.

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

12 V24V

PowerSupply

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

5VPowerSupply

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

BrownBlue

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

+−

1 2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

PowerSupply

ONOFF

1 2 3

ONOFF


1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

12 V24V

PowerSupply

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

5VPowerSupply

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

BrownBlue

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

+−

1 2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

PowerSupply

ONOFF

1 2 3

ONOFF


1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

12 V24V

PowerSupply

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

5VPowerSupply

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

BrownBlue

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

+−

1 2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

PowerSupply

ONOFF

1 2 3

ONOFF


1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

12 V24V

PowerSupply

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

5VPowerSupply

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

BrownBlue

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

+−

1 2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

PowerSupply

ONOFF

1 2 3

ONOFF


1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

12 V24V

PowerSupply

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

5VPowerSupply

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

BrownBlue

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

+−

1 2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

PowerSupply

ONOFF

1 2 3

ONOFF


1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

12 V24V

PowerSupply

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

5VPowerSupply

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

BrownBlue

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

+−

1 2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

ONOFF

1

1 2 3

2 3 4 5

+12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0 V

OUT 0 V

PowerSupply

ONOFF

1 2 3

ONOFF

571

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-41Dimensions


96

48


99


6

92+0.8 0

45+

0.6

0

4.47 7.62 7.62

6.3

71.

3

12.5


572

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




TC-V

TC-4

TC-4L-G/HFeatures

Display-dedicated Type Tachometer (Economy Model)- The miniature economy type is for displaying the number of revolutions. To

widen the measurement range, the input pulse can be switched between the two stages - 1 pulse per revolution and 10 pulses per revolution.

TC-4L-G: For 100 V AC (85 to 115 V AC 50/60 Hz) TC-4L-H: For 200 V AC (180 to 240 V AC 50/60 Hz)


Rated Voltage RangeTC-4L-G: 85 to 115 V AC TC-4L-H: 180 to 240 V AC



Withstand Voltage2,000 V AC　1 min (Between power supply and external terminal)

Insulation Resistance20 MΩ or higher　500 V DC (Between power supply and external terminal)

■ Function/Performance Specifications



Function Only display

Display PeriodEvery 0.4 sec when the input pulse period is within 0.4 sec.Input period + 0.4 sec when the input pulse period exceeds 0.4 sec.The previous measured value is displayed for 6 sec after rotation stops.

Display Red 7-segment LED, 4-digit, height of characters 8 mm

Basic Measurement Range*1 10 to 9,999 rpm

Measurement Accuracy ±1 degit

Measurement Item Number of revolutions (rpm) (Only for mode 1)

Prescale Functions 1 pulse / rotation, 10 pulse / rotation switching*2

Sampling Function Once

Connection Method Dedicated stand B or stand F socket (Sold separately)

Power Source for Sensors 12 V DC　30 mA





Price Open

*1　When the prescale = 1*2　 To widen the measurement range, the input pulse can be switched by 2 stages between 1

revolution 1 pulse and 1 revolution 10 pulses.


Name

Specifications

ResponsivityInput



Count input10 Hz 2 kHz

Switching1 kΩ 0 to 4 V 10 to 30 V

■ Setting the Changing Switches

Switch Function Position A Position B

1 Counting speed 2 kHz 10 Hz

2 Decimal point

Lighting position changes according to combination. (See below.)3 Decimal point

4 Pulses / rotation 1 pulses / rotation 10 pulses / rotation

Setting the Lighting Position of the Decimal Point

Switch

2 A B A B

3 A A B B



-10 to +50˚C





Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions

Impact ResistanceEndurance: 490 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Malfunction: 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions

Noise Resistance 1 kV 1μs Between power supply terminalsMeasurement

Range

Input pulse Switch 4　A Side Switch 4　B Side

1 pulse / rotation 10 to 999 rpm Display at one-tenth value

10 pulse / rotation Display at 10 times value 1 to 9,999 rpm

50 ms or more

Low Speed


HL

HL

High Speed50 ms or more


0 V

Up to 12 mA

+12 V

Each Input


InternalCircuit

InputSingle

1 kΩ

Left Side of the Case

B

1 2 3 4

A

573

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



TC-V

TC-4

TC-4L-G/HConnection/Dimensions

■Example of ConnectionProximity Sensor

Rotary Encoder2

1

3

4

56

7

8

9

1011

▲ Figure Seen from the Back

■Terminal ConnectionsTerminal Function Terminal Function

3 0 V 9 Not connected

4 +12 V (For supplying to sensor) 10* Different models for

100/200 V5 Not connected 11

6 Input 7

Not connected1 * No connection for terminal

No. 118 2

200 V AC

100 V AC

65

4

3

21 11

10

9

8

7

～

～

65

4

3

21 11

10

9

8

7

3-wire DC System

Proximity sensors that can be connectedAPS series Models for which the output symbol is an E or N <Example> APS5-12GK-E* A two-wire DC system proximity sensor can be also connected.

●近接センサ

●ロータリエンコーダ

The TRD-J□-S can be connected as it consumes not more than 30 mA of current from a 12 V power source.

2-wire DC System

～

～

65

4

3

21 11

10

9

8

7

～

～

65

4

3

21 11

10

9

8

7

3-wire DC System

Proximity sensors that can be connectedAPS series Models for which the output symbol is an E or N <Example> APS5-12GK-E* A two-wire DC system proximity sensor can be also connected.

●近接センサ

●ロータリエンコーダ

The TRD-J□-S can be connected as it consumes not more than 30 mA of current from a 12 V power source.

2-wire DC System

～

～


60

48

Stand F (For stationary installation)Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation


40±0.2

2–φ4.5or M4

Stand F (Sold Separately)

28

3180.5

6Clamping Plate(For Embedded Installation)

(Provided)Stand B

(Sold Separately)□ 48

45

45+

0.3

0

45

47

31

Socket for Embedded Installation: KB-04 (Sold Separately: Open Price)

+0.30

574

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KT-V

KT-V SeriesFeatures

Digital Timer- The KT-V series has a compact DIN48□ size with an easy-to-see

large display.- With characters represented by bright large red LEDs, 12 mm high characters can be clearly seen from a distance and an angle.- The green LED is used for the set value to differentiate it from the measured values.- The set value can be easily set to using the setting key corresponding to each digit, like using a digital switch.- The TC-V series can be easily operated owing to a selection method that uses

DIP switches for basic functional setting and the digit keys for detailed setting.

■FeaturesProtection Functions for Each KeyKey protection can be set for each key to prevent unintended operation.



Power Source for High-capacity SensorThe AC type has a built-in 24 V DC, 60mA power source for sensors. Sensors such as encoders and proximity sensors can be connected to the counter.

Multi-voltage Power Supply for AC TypeThe AC type covers supply voltages of 85 to 264 V AC and can be used for any power source.

Various Time RangeThe 10 time ranges cover from 0.001 sec to 9,999 hr.

　For Various Applications Using 5 Operation ModesDelay On, delay OFF, one-shot, integrating, and flicker can be set as the operation mode.

Key Protection Function to Prevent MalfunctionThe KT-V series has a built-in key protection function so that settings are not changed if the key is pressed by mistake during operation.

Elapsed Time / Remaining Time DisplayAs the time display, the elapsed time and the remaining time can be selected.

Protection Fulfilling IP65Sheet keys are used for the front panel, which enables users to safely operate the device even with wet or unclean hands.

Conformity to CE and ULCE marking compliant and UL standard (UL508) certi�ed product.

CE Marking Compliant

■Model Number ListModel Number Digit Power Source

Power Source for Sensors 24 V DC, 60 mA

Price

KT-V4S4

AC ● Open

KT-V4S-C DC Open

(Accessories) Mounting frame

- Series Classification

- Number of digits to display 4 : 4 digits

- Output format S : With output


KT- V 4 S -

575

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KT-V

KT-V SeriesSpecifications

■ General SpecificationsItems

Rating

AC Power DC Power





24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 60 mA (Ripple noise: 10% p-p or lower)


Ambient Temperature －10 to 50˚C

Storage Temperature －20 to 70˚C (No freezing)

Ambient Humidity 35 to 85%RH (No condensation)

Withstand Voltage2 kV AC 1 min (AC input, 0 V, between relay contacts) (DC power supply type: 0 V, only between relay contacts)




Malfunction 98 m/s2　11 ms, 3 axial directions




Weight Approx. 150 g Approx. 110 g

Terminal Block




■Performance SpecificationsItems Rating

Type Timer

Timing System On delay/Off delay/One-shot/Integrating/Flicker (With prediction output)

Digit 4 digits

Display Timing value display: Red LED, height of characters 12 mm. Set value display: Green LED, height of characters 7 mm

Time Range0.001 s to 9.999 s/0.01 s to 99.99 s/0.1 s to 999.9 s/1 s to 9,999 s/1 s to 99 min 59 s/1 min to 9,999 min /1 h to 9,999 h/1 min to 99 h 59 min/0.1 min to 999.9 min/0.1 h to 999.9 h

Display Format Elapsed time display / Remaining time display

Timer Accuracy 0.013% or ±15 ms (Whichever is larger)

Input

Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input)/Positive logic (Voltage input)

Input resistance: Positive logic 15 kΩ　Negative logic 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power)

Input voltage: "L" 0 to 3 V　"H" 7 to 30 V

Start Input Response 15 ms/5 ms/1 ms or less


OutputNon-contact output: NPN open collector output, 24 V 100 mA, withstand voltage: 35 V, residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower

Contact output: 1 transfer (1 c), 220 V AC 2 A (Resistance load)

Output Time (Flicker) Variable from 10 to 9,990 ms, every 10 ms

Key Protection Any key setting is enabled.


576

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KT-V

KT-V SeriesOutput Operation

■Output Operation ChartOn Delay

Off Delay

One-shot

Integrating

　FlickerFlickering is set in the setup mode.

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF

Non-contact OutputON

OFF

Elapsed Time DisplayRemaining Time Display

Reset

オンディレー

オフディレー

フリッカ

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFF

ON

OFF


OFF

Elapsed Time Display

Reset

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF


Remaining Time Display

Reset


t t t t

The output time "t" can be changed from 10 to 9,990 ms (100 ms before shipment).


積　　算

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF

Power SupplyON

OFF


Reset

The prediction set value should be smaller than the set value.If the prediction setting value exceeds the set value, the prediction output (non-contact output) turns ON (or OFF) simultaneously with the start of the timer operation.


ワンショット

Set Value

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF


Reset



1SW 2

OFF ON

1SW 2

ON ON

1SW 2

OFF OFF

1SW 2

ON OFF

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF


Reset

オンディレー

オフディレー

フリッカ

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFF

ON

OFF


OFF


Reset

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF



Reset


t t t t



積　　算

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF

Power SupplyON

OFF


Reset



ワンショット

Set Value

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF


Reset



1SW 2

OFF ON

1SW 2

ON ON

1SW 2

OFF OFF

1SW 2

ON OFF

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF


Reset

オンディレー

オフディレー

フリッカ

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFF

ON

OFF


OFF


Reset

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF



Reset


t t t t



積　　算

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF

Power SupplyON

OFF


Reset



ワンショット

Set Value

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF


Reset



1SW 2

OFF ON

1SW 2

ON ON

1SW 2

OFF OFF

1SW 2

ON OFF

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF


Reset

オンディレー

オフディレー

フリッカ

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFF

ON

OFF


OFF


Reset

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF



Reset


t t t t



積　　算

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF

Power SupplyON

OFF


Reset



ワンショット

Set Value

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF


Reset



1SW 2

OFF ON

1SW 2

ON ON

1SW 2

OFF OFF

1SW 2

ON OFF

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF


Reset

オンディレー

オフディレー

フリッカ

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFF

ON

OFF


OFF


Reset

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF



Reset


t t t t



積　　算

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF

Power SupplyON

OFF


Reset



ワンショット

Set Value

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF


Reset



1SW 2

OFF ON

1SW 2

ON ON

1SW 2

OFF OFF

1SW 2

ON OFF

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF


Reset

オンディレー

オフディレー

フリッカ

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFF

ON

OFF


OFF


Reset

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF



Reset


t t t t



積　　算

Set Value

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF

Power SupplyON

OFF


Reset



ワンショット

Set Value

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Preset Values

Contact Output

Start

0

ON

OFFON

OFFON

OFF


OFF


Reset



1SW 2

OFF ON

1SW 2

ON ON

1SW 2

OFF OFF

1SW 2

ON OFF

577

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KT-V

KT-V SeriesConnection

■Terminal Connection DiagramsKT-V4S KT-V4S-C

* Non-contact output (OUT terminal) is also used for prediction output.

* Do not connect anything to unconnected terminals.

■Input/Output Circuit DiagramsAC Power DC Power

KT-V4S

Start Input Start Input

KT-V4S-C


2 3 5

OUT 71

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input


IN 0 V

COM N.C. N.O.

100 to 240 V AC Power SourceContact Output

Non-contact Output


71

3 5

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

IN 0 V

COM N.C. N.O.Contact Output

12 to 24 V DC Power Source+ −

KT-V4S

Start Input Start Input

KT-V4S-C


2 3 5

OUT 71

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input


IN 0 V

COM N.C. N.O.

100 to 240 V AC Power SourceContact Output

Non-contact Output


71

3 5

8 9 10 11 12

RReset Input

IN 0 V

COM N.C. N.O.Contact Output

12 to 24 V DC Power Source+ −


2

3

7

9

10

1

5 V

3.3 k

47 k

22 k

22 k

5 V3.3 k

47 k

Internal 24 V


OUT

Power Source for Sensor24 V DC

StartInput

ResetInput

N.C.

COM

N.O.

8

5 0 V

3

7

9

10

1

5 V

1.8 k

47 k

22 k

22 k

5 V1.8 k

47 k

Internal 24 V


OUT

StartInput

ResetInput

N.C.

COM

N.O.

8

5 0 V

24 V DC11

12

+

−


2

3

7

9

10

1

5 V

3.3 k

47 k

22 k

22 k

5 V3.3 k

47 k

Internal 24 V


OUT

Power Source for Sensor24 V DC

StartInput

ResetInput

N.C.

COM

N.O.

8

5 0 V

3

7

9

10

1

5 V

1.8 k

47 k

22 k

22 k

5 V1.8 k

47 k

Internal 24 V


OUT

StartInput

ResetInput

N.C.

COM

N.O.

8

5 0 V

24 V DC11

12

+

−

578

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KT-V

KT-V SeriesConnection

■Input Connection ExamplesNPN Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg) 《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-N/E》

2-wire DC System Proximity Sensor- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg) 《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-Z 》


Switch Relay- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg) - Start input response: 15 ms* Because there is large input current, this connection is recommended.


　Voltage Output or PNP Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor- Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos) 《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-E2》

- Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos)- Start input response: 15 ms

* There is no power source for sensors in the case of the DC power source type.


Contact Output



Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset

Power Source for Sensor24 V DC*

Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset

2

3

5

7

2

3

5

7


Brown

Black

Blue

Black

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset

3

5

7


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

※DC電源タイプにはありません。別途、外部電源を使用ください。

2

3

5

7

3

5

7

Start

Reset



Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset

2

3

5

7

2

3

5

7


Brown

Black

Blue

Black

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset

3

5

7


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V


2

3

5

7

3

5

7

Start

Reset



Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset

2

3

5

7

2

3

5

7


Brown

Black

Blue

Black

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset

3

5

7


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V


2

3

5

7

3

5

7

Start

Reset



Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset

2

3

5

7

2

3

5

7


Brown

Black

Blue

Black

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset

3

5

7


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V


2

3

5

7

3

5

7

Start

Reset



Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset

2

3

5

7

2

3

5

7


Brown

Black

Blue

Black

Brown

Black

Blue

Black

Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset

3

5

7


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V

Start

Reset


Start Input

Reset Input

0 V


2

3

5

7

3

5

7

Start

Reset

1

5

LoadOUT

0V

8

9

COM

N.C.

N.O.

+−

Power Source for LoadRated 24 V DC



10


Load

Load

1

5

LoadOUT

0V

8

9

COM

N.C.

N.O.

+−

Power Source for LoadRated 24 V DC



10


Load

Load

579

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KT-V

KT-V SeriesEach Part Name and Function



Approx. 1 second after a digit key is released, the set value is entered. * In the case of ■ digit of sexagesimal scale display □□: ■□ (Minute) (Second)

(Hour) (Minute)

2. Resetting the timing value　 If the [RST] key is pressed (response time is 0.1 s), the timing value is

reset. If the [RST] key is pressed, the timing value becomes the set value in the remaining time display mode and "0" in the passage display mode.

3. Key protection　 The key protection can be individually set for each operation key. If a key

for which the key protection is set is pressed in the run mode, the LED corresponding to the pressed key blinks to notify that the operation is prohibited.

Since the protection is set to all keys before shipment, if the power is supplied when DIP switch 7 is ON, operation of all keys is prohibited.



- Setup mode D isp lays t he se t con ten t s o f key

protection.

⑦ RST key - Operation mode Resets the discrete value. (0 in increment mode, preset value in decrement

mode)

- Setup mode Select the setting item.


④ Unit display - Operation mode Display the units of time. h: hour / m: minute / s: second

⑤ Set value display (Green) - Operation mode Displays the set value. - Setup mode Displays the setting item.

⑥ Digit key - Operation mode Changing the set value * If approx. 1 sec passes without any key input after the

set value has been changed, the set value becomes effective.

- Setup mode Selects the set contents.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9*





1

2

3

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9*





1

2

3

Time Range

□□□□s

□□□□m

□□□□h

□□m□□s

□□ h□□m

0 to 9999

0 to 9999

0 to 9999

0:00 to 99 :59 0:00 to 99 :59

Timing / Set Value Display Unit Display

mh :: s

mh :: s

mh :: s

mh :: s

mh :: s

⑦

②

①

③

④

⑥

⑤

Time Range

□□□□s

□□□□m

□□□□h

□□m□□s

□□ h□□m

0 to 9999

0 to 9999

0 to 9999

0:00 to 99 :59 0:00 to 99 :59

Timing / Set Value Display Unit Display

mh :: s

mh :: s

mh :: s

mh :: s

mh :: s

⑦

②

①

③

④

⑥

⑤

580

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KT-V


■DIP Switch Setting- Use the DIP switches at the top of the timer for setting.- Before operating the DIP switches, be sure that the power is turned off.

The switches do not respond to setting changes while the power is on.- When a DIP switch is changed, be sure to press the [RST] key in the

operation mode to reset the count value.

　Output ModeSelect the output mode with DIP switches 1 and 2. The �icker mode that is not included in the items is selected in the setup mode.

Time RangeSelect the time range with DIP switches 3, 4, and 5. The time range that is not included in the items is selected in the setup mode.

Display FormatSelect the display format with DIP switch 6.

Key ProtectionSelect whether to engage the key protection or not with DIP switch 7. To engage protection, after setting each key in the setup mode, set DIP switch 7 in the ON position and supply the power again to enable the protection. All keys are set for protection before shipment.

Operation ModeSelect the setup mode and the operation mode with DIP switch 8.

Dip switch

Selecting the Output Mode

Selecting the Time Range

Selecting the Display Format

Selects the Key Protection.

Selects the Operation Mode.


出力モード

時間レンジ

Display Format



SW6

ON

OFF

表示方式

Operation Mode

Setup Mode

Operation Mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Key Protection

Use

Not Use

SW7

ON

OFF

動作モード

キープロテクト

Time Range

□□h□□m

□□□□h

□□□□m

□□m□□s

□□□□s

□□□.□s

□□.□□s

□.□□□s

SW4

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

SW3 SW5

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

Operation

Integrating

One-shot

Delay OFF

Delay On

SW2

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

SW1

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

出力モード

時間レンジ

Display Format



SW6

ON

OFF

表示方式

Operation Mode

Setup Mode

Operation Mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Key Protection

Use

Not Use

SW7

ON

OFF

動作モード


Time Range

□□h□□m

□□□□h

□□□□m

□□m□□s

□□□□s

□□□.□s

□□.□□s

□.□□□s

SW4

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

SW3 SW5

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

Operation

Integrating

One-shot

Delay OFF

Delay On

SW2

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

SW1

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

出力モード

時間レンジ

Display Format



SW6

ON

OFF

表示方式

Operation Mode

Setup Mode

Operation Mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Key Protection

Use

Not Use

SW7

ON

OFF

動作モード


Time Range

□□h□□m

□□□□h

□□□□m

□□m□□s

□□□□s

□□□.□s

□□.□□s

□.□□□s

SW4

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

SW3 SW5

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

Operation

Integrating

One-shot

Delay OFF

Delay On

SW2

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

SW1

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

出力モード

時間レンジ

Display Format



SW6

ON

OFF

表示方式

Operation Mode

Setup Mode

Operation Mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Key Protection

Use

Not Use

SW7

ON

OFF

動作モード


Time Range

□□h□□m

□□□□h

□□□□m

□□m□□s

□□□□s

□□□.□s

□□.□□s

□.□□□s

SW4

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

SW3 SW5

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

Operation

Integrating

One-shot

Delay OFF

Delay On

SW2

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

SW1

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

出力モード

時間レンジ

Display Format



SW6

ON

OFF

表示方式

Operation Mode

Setup Mode

Operation Mode

SW8

ON

OFF

Key Protection

Use

Not Use

SW7

ON

OFF

動作モード


Time Range

□□h□□m

□□□□h

□□□□m

□□m□□s

□□□□s

□□□.□s

□□.□□s

□.□□□s

SW4

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

SW3 SW5

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

Operation

Integrating

One-shot

Delay OFF

Delay On

SW2

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

SW1

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

581

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KT-V


Setup Mode Setting Items(1) Start input response …… 1/5/15 ms(2) Input logic …………… Positive logic, negative logic(3) Output mode …………… Flicker mode, DIP switch(4) Time range …………… 0.0 minute /0.0 time, DIP switch(5) Output time …………… Set the output time of the �icker mode from

10 to 9,990 ms (in unit of 10 ms).(6) Prediction output ……… Set the offset value for the set value.(7) Reset key protection …… Set the lock for the reset key.(8) Digit key protection …… Set the lock for the digit keys.




Operation of the Setup ModeInitialize the setup mode using the menu as shown in the table on the right.(Use the digit keys for all settings.)

- Other than the �icker mode, skip the setting items with an * mark.- When the default setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press

the [RST] key in the operation mode to reset the timing value.- The set contents become effective when moving to the next menu via the

[RST] key.- The key protection setting becomes effective in AND conditions from DIP

switch 7.　If you want to make the protection effective, set DIP switch 7 in the ON

position.


Operating Mode Setup Mode

①

②

④ Time range setting（rang）

: 000.0： Select 0.0 minute.: 000.0： Select 0.0 hour.: dip ：— Set the DIP switch.

123

Digit key is disabled as the setting is performed in units of 10 ms.

0. 1 0 0 s4 3 2 1

0 . 0 . 0 . 04 3 2 1

1

⑤ *Output time setting (outt)



RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST



: □□□□■ (Lock)/ (Unlock): □□□■□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)

1

: ■□□□□ (Lock)1: □□□□□ (Unlock)2

22: □□■□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)3: □■□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)4


a


Digit key


Digit key


Initial value: 0



Initial value: 3□

③ Output mode setting (t-op)

: F Select the flicker mode.: dip Set the DIP switch.

12

Initial value: 2□

Initial value: 3□



12

Initial value: 2□

RST

RST

① Start input response setting(int)

: 1 Select a 1 ms response.: 5 Select a 5 ms response.: 15 Select a 15 ms response.

123

m

h

To the first menuby pressing the reset key

To the next menuby pressing the reset key


: Enabled when out


④ Time range setting（rang）

: 000.0： Select 0.0 minute.: 000.0： Select 0.0 hour.: dip ：— Set the DIP switch.

123

Digit key is disabled as the setting is performed in units of 10 ms.

0. 1 0 0 s4 3 2 1

0 . 0 . 0 . 04 3 2 1

1

⑤ *Output time setting (outt)



RST

RST

RST

RST

RST

RST



: □□□□■ (Lock)/ (Unlock): □□□■□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)

1

: ■□□□□ (Lock)1: □□□□□ (Unlock)2

22: □□■□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)3: □■□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)4


a


Digit key


Digit key


Initial value: 0



Initial value: 3□

③ Output mode setting (t-op)

: F Select the flicker mode.: dip Set the DIP switch.

12

Initial value: 2□

Initial value: 3□



12

Initial value: 2□

RST

RST

① Start input response setting(int)

: 1 Select a 1 ms response.: 5 Select a 5 ms response.: 15 Select a 15 ms response.

123

m

h

To the first menuby pressing the reset key

To the next menuby pressing the reset key


: Enabled when out


582

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KT-V


5. Switching to the operation mode When setup is completed in the setup mode, turn the power off, set DIP

switch 8 in the OFF position (to the operation mode) and turn ON the power.

6. Start the operation mode When the setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press the [RST]

key after turning the power ON to reset the timing value.

■Operation ModeChanges the Preset ValueChange the preset value from "2:00" to "1:30". The preset value becomes effective approx. 1 second after the change is made.

■Washing Time ControlIf the start switch is pressed, washing is performed for the set time.

1. Setting DIP switches Turn the power off before operating the DIP switches.

2. Switching to the setup mode Set DIP switch 8 in the ON position, and turn the power on.

Setting item

Setting Item Contents

Output Mode One-shot

Time Range □□minute□□second

Display Format Remaining time display

Key ProtectionReset key　　 ProhibitionSecond key

KT-V SeriesExample of Operation

K/P

OUT mh :: s

RST 134 2

K/P

OUT mh :: s

RST 134 2

K/P

OUT mh :: s

RST 134 2

K/P

OUT mh :: s

RST 134 2

Before Changing

Press setting key nine times or continue to press and hold the key to display "1. "

3 Press setting key three times or continue to press and hold the key to display "3. "

2

Change Complete

・Set DIP switch 1 is in the ON position.

・Set DIP switch 2 is in the OFF position.

・Set DIP switch 3 is in the ON position.

・Set DIP switch 4 and 5 is in the OFF position.

・Set DIP switch is in the ON position.

① Select the output mode and one-shot.

② Select the time range: □□min □□sec

③ Select the key protection.

K/POUT

K/POUT

K/POUT

K/POUT

K/POUT

K/POUT

K/POUT

④ Time range Setting screen

⑥ Reset key protection Setting screen

⑦ Digit key protection Setting screen

Press the key and key to enable settings.　　　

4 3

⑤ Prediction output setting Setting screen

RST

RST

① Start input response Setting screen



RSTChange to the initial value.




This setting is complete.RST

③ 　　　　　 Setting screen

② 　　　　　 Setting screenInput logic

Output mode


the reset key

Press the reset keyto end setup.

583

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KT-V

KT-V SeriesError Code Display/Option


Memory data errorPreset value / Set value and the contents of the setup mode changed.

Press the [RST] key and delete the error indication.The measured value and the timing value become "0", the preset value and the set value become "5000", and the contents of the setup mode revert back to the preshipment defaults.


Rubber Gasket KC-48PIf installed between the installation panel and KT-V, it prevents the intrusion of water into the control panel.

Open


Open

584

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




KT-V

KT-V SeriesPrecautions

■How to Mount and Remove the Main BodyHow to Mount the Main Body How to Mount the Terminal Block and the Terminal Block Cover

How to Remove the Main Body




Terminal Block

Body

Fixing Screw




■Precautions in Use (1) The power source 0 V terminal ⑫ and the input common 0 V terminal ⑤ of the DC type are internally short-circuited.



(4) If the preset value / set value is changed during measurement / timing, the changed value becomes effective approx. 1 second after key input.

(5) Enter the set contents of the DIP switches and the setup mode in the data sheet attached to the main body and keep it for maintenance.

(6) Do not use the counter in the following environments.- Any place where the ambient temperature exceeds 50˚C or falls to

-10˚C or lower.- Any place where the ambient humidity exceeds 85% or condensation

occurs due to rapid temperature change.- Any place that is exposed to dust, iron powder, and corrosive gas.- Any place that is exposed to sunlight.- Any place where there are large vibrations or shocks.


(8) When the power is shut down, the internal EEPROM is written. Since the number of writing cycles in the EEPROM is not more than

100,000, do not use the tachometer by highly frequent power source operations.

■Cautions in Wiring - Wire cables separately from power lines. - When using the counter in a place where a lot of noise is generated,

separate the main body of the KT-V and the wiring from the noise sources as far as possible.






115.464




Terminal Block

Body

Fixing Screw







Terminal Block

Body

Fixing Screw




585

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



KT-V

KT-V SeriesDimensions


55 o

r m

ore

45 +0.30

Square Hole


70 o

r m

ore

48

63

48

Mounting Frame

100 (AC Power)

60 (DC Power)

6

44.5


50 10 DC Power

AC Power

Overall Depth

66 mm

106 mm





45+

0.3

0

Main Body of the KT-V

48 +0.20

TerminalScrew

M3

4×7.62=30.487.62

9.5

6.5 1.12

6.5




586

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

■Programmable Cam Controllers Lineup

Model Number Appearance Type of EncoderResolution

(Digit)

Number of

OutputsResponsivity Supply Voltage


FC2-81F-C-1

95 W x 80 H x 60.5 D

Absolute encoder

360/720 8300 min-1/360 resolution 150 min-1/720 resolution

12/24 V DC

FC2-161F-C-1

140 W x 90 H x 60.5 D

Absolute encoder

360/720 16

1600 min-1/ 360 resolution

800 min-1/720 resolution(No advancing setting)

12/24 V DC

FC2-321F-C-1

140 W x 90 H x 60.5 D

Absolute encoder

360/720 32


800 min-1/720 resolution(No advancing setting)

85 to 264 V ACDedicated to

encoder +12 V 70 mA

FC2-80-C-1

105 W x 100 H x 66 D

Absolute encoder

360/720 8300 min-1/360 resolution 150 min-1/720 resolution

12/24 V DC

FC2-160-1

140 W x 100 H x 66 D

Absolute encoder

360/720 161600min-1/

360 resolution 800 min-1/720 resolution


encoder +12 V 70 mA

FC2-320-1

195 W x 100 H x 66 D

Absolute encoder

360/720 32


800 min-1/720 resolution (No advancing setting)


encoder +12 V 70 mA

Programmable Cam Controllers Lineup　

587

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC Series Correlation List

■ Compatibility Between FC and FC2 Series (Unit: mm)

Surface-Mount Installation Type　FC-80□Items Difference FC-80□ FC2-80□

Model NumberFC-80-C (Noted in Japanese)FC-80-C-1 (Noted in English)

－FC2-80-C-1 (Noted in English)

Dimensions ○ 105.0 W x 100.0 H x 66.0 D No change

Installation Method ○ DIN rail / screwed No change

Power Supply ○ 10.8 V to 26.4 V DC No change

Function / Performance

○ No change

Encoder-connecting Connector

Manufacturer × Not compatible

Protrusion Dimension

× 16.8 30.9

Encoder

TRD-NA□NWF △ UsableConversion cable F-2GF2 is required.

TRD-NA□NWF2 △ Conversion cable F-2GF-7308 is required.

Usable

TRD-NA□NWE △ UsableConversion cable F-2GF2 is required.

Junction Cables × F-□GF F-□GF2


Model NumberFC-160 (Noted in Japanese)FC-160-1 (Noted in English)

－FC2-160-1 (Noted in English)



Power Supply ○ 85 V to 264 V AC No change


○ No change




× 16.8 30.9

Encoder



Usable




Model NumberFC-320 (Noted in Japanese)FC-320-1 (Noted in English)

－FC2-320-1 (Noted in English)



Power Supply ○ 85 V to 264 V AC No change


○ No change




× 16.8 30.9

Encoder



Usable



Embedded Installation Type　FC-81F□Items Difference FC-81F□ FC2-81F□

Model NumberFC-81F-C (Noted in Japanese)FC-81F-C-1 (Noted in English)

－FC2-81F-C-1 (Noted in English)

Dimensions (Connector Connection)

○×

95.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D 95.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D

No change95.0 W x 80.0 H x 76.2 D

Installation Method ○ Panel cutout / Mounting brackets No change

Panel Cutout Dimensions ○ 90.0 W x 75.0 H No change

Thickness of Mounting Plate

○ 0.5 to 4.0 No change


Function / Performance ○ No change



Position × Not compatible

Encoder

TRD-NA□NWF △ Usable Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required.


Usable

TRD-NA□NWE △ Usable Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required.






○×

140.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D140.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D

No change140.0 W x 80.0 H x 76.2 D










Encoder



Usable







○×

140.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D140.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D

No change140.0 W x 80.0 H x 76.2 D










Encoder



Usable



588

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

Descriptions of Terms　

■Preset CounterThe input pulse signal is counted, and if the number of input pulses reaches the numeric value preset by the setter, output is produced.The block diagram of the preset counter is as shown in the �gure below.《Block diagram KCX series》

■Double Preset CounterThe double preset counter has two sets of setters and two output circuits, and can output in the set values.

■Total CounterThe total counter only displays the discrete value and does not have control output.

■Consolidated CounterOne consolidated counter has the built-in functions of several counters, and when any one of the counters reaches its preset value, it produces output.The consolidated counter is most suitable for the maintenance of several tools as needed by tool replacement for machining centers and NC machine tools.

■A-Type Operation (Speci�c time output operation)

Automatic Reset Repetition - If the number of input pulse signals reaches the preset value (count up),

the output is produced for a speci�c period of time. - If the counter counts up, the internal counting circuit is automatically reset

and the next input signal can be counted even during output time. - If you want to reset the internal counting circuit during counting, turn the

reset terminal ON (external reset) or shut down the power temporarily (power source reset).

■B-type Operation (Self-holding output operation)

- If the number of input pulse signals reaches the preset value, output is produced and held.

- If the reset terminal turns ON (external reset) or the power source is temporarily shut down (power source reset), the internal counting circuit and the output holding circuit reset.

■ Non-contact Signal Input and Contact Signal Input

A non-contact signal input is an input signal that triggers the output of a semiconductor circuit such as transistor (non-contact output of proximity sensor, photoelectronic sensor, or rotary encoder).A contact signal input is an signal input triggered by a micro switch, limit switch, push button switch, or relay.

■Non-contact Signal Output and Contact Signal Output

A non-contact signal output is a signal output from a semiconductor circuit.The contact output is a signal output from relay contact built into a counter.

■Open Collector OutputSince this circuit is not internally connected to a power source, it is necessary to externally connect a power source and load.Voltage and current can be freely selected within the standards of the counter. (Only N load)

■Totem-pole OutputA kind of non-contact output, a totem-pole output circuit has transistors Q1 and Q2 of the output circuit connected in series with the output extruding from the intermediate point as shown in the �gure below.Therefore, a totem-pole output circuit can take out larger current compared with conventional non-contact output. (Both P load and N load)A totem-pole output circuit is used in the same way as conventional non-contact output, but can directly drive the relay.

Preset Counter

First DigitDisplay Circuit

Second DigitDisplay Circuit

First DigitCount Circuit

Second DigitCount Circuit

Nth DigitDisplay Circuit

Nth DigitCount Circuit

InputCircuit

ResetCircuit

ResetInput

CountInput

Setter

ANDCircuit

OutputCircuit

Non-contact Output(Contact Output)

Power Source for Sensor

PowerSource

Counter Output

Set Value

Specific Time Output

Count Input

A形動作

B形動作Counter Output

Set Value

Holding Output

External ResetInput

Count Input

Counter Output

Set Value

Specific Time Output

Count Input

A形動作

B形動作Counter Output

Set Value

Holding Output

External ResetInput

Count Input

V

Q1

Q2

EE

OUT

Sensor

無接点信号入力と接点信号入力

無接点信号出力と接点信号出力について

オープンコレクタ出力

トーテムポール出力について

OUT

E

+12 V Power Source for Sensor

Input terminal

E Counter

Non-contact Signal Input

Contact Signal Input

Sensor


Input terminal

E Counter

N.CC

N.O

N.C

C

N.O


Relay


OUT

E(Grounding)

+Power Source

Preset Electronic Counter

Open Collector OutputLoad

DC PowerFrom Previous Step

From Previous Step

OUT

E

L

V

Q1

Q2

EE

OUT

Sensor





OUT

E


Input terminal

E Counter



Sensor


Input terminal

E Counter

N.CC

N.O

N.C

C

N.O


Relay


OUT

E(Grounding)

+Power Source




From Previous Step

OUT

E

L

V

Q1

Q2

EE

OUT

Sensor





OUT

E


Input terminal

E Counter



Sensor


Input terminal

E Counter

N.CC

N.O

N.C

C

N.O


Relay


OUT

E(Grounding)

+Power Source




From Previous Step

OUT

E

L

V

Q1

Q2

EE

OUT

Sensor





OUT

E


Input terminal

E Counter



Sensor


Input terminal

E Counter

N.CC

N.O

N.C

C

N.O


Relay


OUT

E(Grounding)

+Power Source




From Previous Step

OUT

E

L

589

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

Descriptions of Terms

■Maximum Counting SpeedThe maximum counting speed shows up to what pulses the input pulse signal of the make ratio 1: 1（Ta=Tb） can be counted per second, and uses Hz as the unit.If the make ratio is not 1:1 as shown in (2) and (3) below, the input pulse signal width is limited by Ta MIN. or Tb MIN.

(1) Ta = Tb　 Can be counted if Ta or Tb is longer than Ta MIN. or Tb MIN.

(2) Ta ＜ Tb Can be counted if Ta is longer than Ta MIN.

(3) Ta ＞ Tb Can be counted if Tb is longer than Tb MIN.

If the non-contact signal is added as the input pulse signal, the input terminal can be selected according to the counting speed (frequency). If the contact signal is added, the input terminal with the lowest maximum counting speed should be used.

■Reset - Power source reset The power source reset operates after a certain period of time when the

power is supplied. If you want to operate it at any given time, the power source can be reset by shutting down the power once and supplying it again.

- Automatic reset The automatic reset operates when the counter is used in the A-type

operation, and it operates for a certain period of time after the counter counts up. Since this time is shorter than the period of input of the maximum counting speed of the counter, the counter encounters no counting errors and starts counting from "0" again even while counting consecutive inputs.

- External reset The external reset operates while the predetermined voltage is applied to

the reset input terminal. (Some models operate the external reset with an "L" level.)

- Manual reset The manual reset operates while the push button on the counter surface

panel is pressed by manual operation.

■Power Source for SensorsThe counter can supply power to the outside from this power source.Since the power source can be used for supplying power to proximity sensors, photoelectronic sensors, and rotary encoders, the connection with various types of sensors becomes easy.Koyo Electronics' electronic counters have a built-in power source for sensors. (Excluding the DC type)

■BanksA bank refers to the number of programs.Each bank can be separately programmed (operation setup).

Explanation of the Technical Terms in the SpecificationsCounting Input Inhibit Gate (Responsivity)Delay ON time: The time until the counting input is shut down after the input

of the counting input inhibit gate turns ON.Delay OFF time: The time until counting is enabled after the input of the

counting input inhibit gate turns OFF.

External Setting Input (Responsivity)Delay ON time: The time until the set circuit starts operating after the external

setting input turns ON.Delay OFF time: The time until the set circuit stops operates after the

external setting input turns OFF.

External Reset (Responsivity)Delay ON time: Delay ON time: The time until the reset after the reset input

turns ON.Delay OFF time: The time until the counting is enabled after the reset input

becomes OFF.

Power Source Reset (Reset time) The time until counting is enabled after the power is resupplied after the power source has been reset.

Automatic Reset (Reset time)The time until counting is enabled again after the counting circuit is reset simultaneously with count over�ow.

Non-contact Output (Responsivity)The time until the output signal is produced in the non-contact output terminal after the �nal pulse reaching the preset value enters the counting input terminal.

Contact Output (Responsivity)The time until the N.O. contact point of the output relay closes after the �nal pulse reaching the preset value enters the counting input terminal.

Output Prohibition Gate (Responsivity)Delay ON time: The time until the generation of an output signal is prohibited

after the input of the output prohibition gate turns ON.Delay OFF time: The time until the generation of an output signal is enabled

after the input of the output prohibition gate turns OFF.

Ta MIN. = Tb MIN. = × (s)Maximum Counting Speed

1

2

1

* This numeric value is provided in the specifications of each model.

Ta Tb

Ta≧Ta MIN.

Input Pulse Signal

Ta Tb

Ta=Tb≧Ta MIN.=Tb MIN.

Input Pulse Signal

Tb

Tb≧Tb MIN.

Input Pulse Signal

Ta＜Tbの場合

Ta=Tbの場合

Ta＞Tbの場合Ta


1

2

1


Ta Tb

Ta≧Ta MIN.

Input Pulse Signal

Ta Tb


Input Pulse Signal

Tb

Tb≧Tb MIN.

Input Pulse Signal

Ta＜Tbの場合

Ta=Tbの場合

Ta＞Tbの場合Ta


1

2

1


Ta Tb

Ta≧Ta MIN.

Input Pulse Signal

Ta Tb


Input Pulse Signal

Tb

Tb≧Tb MIN.

Input Pulse Signal

Ta＜Tbの場合

Ta=Tbの場合

Ta＞Tbの場合Ta


1

2

1


Ta Tb

Ta≧Ta MIN.

Input Pulse Signal

Ta Tb


Input Pulse Signal

Tb

Tb≧Tb MIN.

Input Pulse Signal

Ta＜Tbの場合

Ta=Tbの場合

Ta＞Tbの場合Ta

590

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-81F□, FC2-161F□/321F□Features

Embedded Installation Type Cam Controller- The embedded installation type of programmable

cams enable constant checking of the operating state from a control panel.

- The programmable cams have enhanced features such as advancing, abnormality detection, and a multipurpose communication port.

■Features- Obtained advanced safety certification The programmable cams can be used in Category 4 applications of

EN954-1, safety integrity level 3 (SIL) of IEC61508, and the performance level e of ISO13849-1: 2006. Users can easily and securely create a safe environment that conforms to international standards.

- Reliable operation based on high level self-diagnosis

The CPU module and the input-output module are equipped with self-monitoring capabilities that constantly monitor for undervoltage and overvoltage, grasp connection and operation status by test pulse, and crosscheck switching by channel monitoring.

- Easy tooling changes Since the FC2-161F-C-1 can register 8 programs and the FC2-321F-C-1

can register 10 programs, any program can be selected by switching the bank input at the time of tooling change.

　- Supporting a wide range of industries The programmable cams are most suited for the timing control of various

kinds of filling machines, wrapping machines, coaters, and bottling machines in the food, packaging, and printing industries.

- Surface-Mount types also available Surface-Mount type of programmable cams are available in the FC2-

80-C-1/FC2-160-1/FC2-320-1.

- Automatic correction of advancing angle (FC2-161F-C-1/FC2-321F-C-1)

If the timing of the machine that changes its rotating speed is controlled by a programmable cam, the difference in operation timing due to actuator delays becomes the problem.

The automatic advancing function corrects this timing difference by outputting the angle equivalent to the operation delay time of the actuator earlier according to the angle calculated from the rotating speed at that time.

Setting Angle

Low Speed

Medium Speed

High Speed

0˚ 30˚ 60˚ 90˚ 120˚

Advancing Angle Advancing Angle

[Applications]- Changing the speed at startup and stopping- Devices that change speed- Devices that require speed control

591

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-81F□, FC2-161F□/321F□Specifications

■General SpecificationsItems FC2-81F-C-1 FC2-161F-C-1 FC2-321F-C-1

Supply Voltage 12/24 V DC

Power Supply Pressure Fluctuation Range

10.8 to 26.4 V DC

Power Consumption 5 W 8 W


－10 to 50˚C

Storage Temperature －20 to 70˚C (No freezing)



Surrounding Atmosphere in Place of Use

No corrosive gases

Vibration Resistance Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions

Impact Resistance Endurance: 500 m/s, 3 axial directions

Noise ResistanceBetween power supply terminals: 1.0 kV Between power supply terminals: 1.5 kV

Pulse width 1μs/start-up 1ns/Square wave pulse

Protective Structure IP54: Only the surface sheet

Size (mm) 95 W x 80 H x 66.7 D 140 W x 90 H x 66.7 D 40 W x 90 H x 66.7 D

Weight (g) 300 420 420

■Function/Performance SpecificationsItems FC2-81F-C-1 FC2-161F-C-1 FC2-321F-C-1

Number of Input PointsStarting input: 1 point/ Protection input: 1 point/ Origin input: 1 point

Starting input: 1 point/ Bank input: 3 points/Protection input: 1 point/ Origin input: 1 point

Starting input: 1 point/ Bank: 4 points/Protection input: 1 point/ Origin input: 1 point

Encoder InputH: 7.5 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V (ON)H: 7.5 to 30 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V (ON)

Resolution: 360/720 per revolution (Output code: Gray binary)

Control Input H: 7.5 V to 30 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V

Number of Outputs 8 points 16 points 32 points

Output Specifications NPN open collector　Withstanding voltage 35 V or lower / Current 0.1 A or lower

Number of Output Area Settings

16 settings 64 settings 128 settings

Response Rotating Speed min-1

Resolution 360: 300/ Resolution 720: 150



Output Response Time 550 μs or less 250 μs or less 250 μs or less

Power Supply Start Time 2 s or less

Number of Banks No 8 (Banks 0 to 7) 10 (Banks 0 to 9)

Program Memory EEPROM

Resolution 360/720 per revolution (Switched from a DIP switch)

CW/CCW Direction Switching

Switched from a DIP switch

RUN Output ON during normal operation in the operation and adjustment modes (Switched from a DIP switch)

Display Switching Angle / Rotating speed (Switched from a DIP switch)

Origin Correction Arbitrary point becomes the origin.

Special Features Protection function Protection function, copy function, pulse output function, communication function

Communication RS-232C　Protocol dedicated to FC

Advancing Function No Available Available

Accessories Mounting brackets

Price Open Open Open

592

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-81F□Each Part Name and Function

■Panel Explanation① Status display - Displays the angle / rotating speed.

② Angle / Rotating speed display

- Displays the angle / rotating speed.

③ Origin key - Corrects the origin.

④ Output display - Displays the ON/OFF state of output. - Lights the output No. designated by the

[Output] key.

⑤ Start input display ⑥ External origin input display

⑦ Normal display

⑪ Connector for encoder

■Connection Wiring

　⑧ Operation key

⑨ Sets the status display.

⑫ DIP switches

⑬ Terminal block - Provided with the cover

Output Common

Protection Input(Connected for Protection)

DC+ DC− HOME I.C 1 3 5 7ST PRO 0 2 4 6 O.C

Power Source

External Origin Input

LoadStarting Inp

ut

12/24 V DC


35 V DC or lower

Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1. The external origin input should be connected to a non-contact output that has no chattering.2. The output common (O.C) and input common (I.C) are internally short-circuited with the power source-(DC-) terminal.

Power Source for Programmable Cam

Fuse

FC2-161F-C-1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

ANALOG ANALOG r/min PRG MONBANK

BANK

FUN

FUN

r/min PRG MON

SELECT

WRITE

READOUT

ENTCLRMODE

SELECT

WRITE

READ

READOUTOUT

START

HOME

HOME

GOOD

ENTCLRMODE

HOME

START

HOME

GOOD

PRGTCHTESTRUN

PRG

TCH

TEST

RUN

DC+

POWER 10.8 to 26.4V DC

DC− I.C 1 3 5 7

0 2 4 6 O.CPROST

HOME

CAM360CW

RUN720CCW

DC+


DC− I.CB1

35 7

B0 B2

4 128 9 10 11

13 14 150 1 2

6O.C O.C

PROST HOME

CAM360CW

RUN720CCW

⑤⑥⑦

⑪

②

③

①

④⑨

⑧

⑫

⑬

⑧

Front

Back Back

⑩

⑪

Front

②①

③

⑤

④

⑨

⑮

⑯

⑦⑧

⑭

⑬

⑫

⑰

⑥⑩

FC2-81F-C-1

FC2-161F-C-1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15


BANK

FUN

FUN

r/min PRG MON

SELECT

WRITE

READOUT

ENTCLRMODE

SELECT

WRITE

READ

READOUTOUT

START

HOME

HOME

GOOD

ENTCLRMODE

HOME

START

HOME

GOOD

PRGTCHTESTRUN

PRG

TCH

TEST

RUN

DC+


DC− I.C 1 3 5 7

0 2 4 6 O.CPROST

HOME

CAM360CW

RUN720CCW

DC+


DC− I.CB1

35 7

B0 B2

4 128 9 10 11

13 14 150 1 2

6O.C O.C

PROST HOME

CAM360CW

RUN720CCW

⑤⑥⑦

⑪

②

③

①

④⑨

⑧

⑫

⑬

⑧

Front

Back Back

⑩

⑪

Front

②①

③

⑤

④

⑨

⑮

⑯

⑦⑧

⑭

⑬

⑫

⑰

⑥⑩

FC2-81F-C-1

593

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-81F□Operation Setting

■Default Setting

Power OFF

Setting DIP Switches

Power ON

Deletion of Origin Correction

Setting

Adjustment

Run

Delete All the Output Area Settings

Default Setting

Initial Setting Complete

Switch 1: Select the rotation direction. CW: Increases the angle in clockwise rotation as seen from the axle side of the encoder. CCW: Increase the angle in counterclockwise rotation as seen from the axle side of the encoder.

Switch 2: Select the resolution of the encoder. 360: When using an encoder of 360 resolution / revolution 720: When using an encoder of 720 resolution / revolution Switch 3: Select when using the RUN output. CAM: When using all output as CAM output RUN: When using a specific output as the RUN output*

- Setting or teaching mode Delete all the output area settings. [Delete] [Write] [Execute]

Cam360CW

Setting for shipment from factory

RUN720CCW

OFF

ON

OK

NG

NG

* Specific output that enables RUN output FC2-81F-C: Output 7 FC2-161F-C: Output 15 FC2-321F-C: Output 31 The RUN output turns ON during normal operation in the operation and adjustment mode, and OFF when an error occurs.

FC2-161F-C: Banks 0 to 7FC2-321F-C: Banks 0 to 9

Check if the output area setting / origin correction value are correct

OK

Check if output is appropriate.

- Teaching mode Delete the origin correction. [Delete] [Origin] [Execute] Note) The deletion operation is required for each bank.

- Setting and teaching mode Set the output area and set, change, or delete the origin correction.

- Adjustment mode Fine-tune the output area setting in the test run. (If not necessary, operate the programmable cam in the run mode.)

- Operation mode Operate the programmable cam.

594

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-81F□Operation Setting

■List of Operations

Function Operating Procedures

Operation ModeSetting

Teaching

Adjustment

Operation

1 Switching of Operation Mode

Select the mode with the [Mode] key. The mode is selected from the current mode sequentially.

Setting Teaching Adjustment Operation

The mode selected with the [Execute] key is determined and becomes the operation mode.

● ● ● ●

2 Display Switching The angle display and the rotating speed display are alternately switched with the [Display] key. × × ● ●3 Designation of Bank No. Press the [Bank] (*) key and designate the bank No. ● ● × ×

4 Designation of Output No.Press the [Output →] key or the [← Output] (*) key, and designate output. Every time the key is pressed, the lighting position of the output display changes.

● ● ● ●

5 Readout of Output Area SettingDesignate the bank No. (*) and the output No., and press the [Readout ↑] (*) or the [Readout ↓] key. The ON and OFF angle are alternately read out.

● ● ● ●

6 Deletion of One Output Area SettingAfter reading out the output area setting you want to delete, press the [Delete] [Execute] keys to delete the read-out output area setting.

● ● × ×

7Deletion of All Output Area Settings of Designated Output

Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No., and press the [Delete] [Output →] (or [← Output] (*)) [Execute] keys to delete the settings.

● ● × ×

8Deletion of All Output Area Settings in Designated Bank

Designate the bank No. (*) and press the [Delete][Bank][Execute] keys to delete the settings. However, the origin correction setting is not deleted. Note 1

● ● × ×

9 Deletion of All Output Area SettingsPress the [Delete][Write][Execute] keys to delete the settings.However, the origin correction setting is not deleted.

● ● × ×

10 Writing of Output Area SettingDesignate the bank No. (*) and the output No.Display the angle you want to set with the [+] key or the [-] key, and write it with the [Write] key. (The angles are set in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)

● × × ×

11 Writing of Output Area Setting (Teaching)Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No.Rotate and then stop the encoder at the position you want to set, and write the output area setting with the [Write] key. (The angles are set in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)

× ● × ×

12 Setting of Origin CorrectionSet the bank No. (*),rotate the encoder and then stop it at the mechanical origin, and press the [Origin] key to select the angle of origin.With the operation of the [Write] key, the origin is written and the position becomes 0˚.

× ● × ×

13 Deletion of Origin CorrectionSet the bank No. (*) and press the [Delete][Origin][Execute] keys to delete the origin correction. The output angle of the encoder is displayed as it is.

× ● × ×

14 Change of Output Area SettingRead out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.Press the [+] key or the [-] key, and display the set value you want to change. Then, press the [Write] key and write the changed value.

● × × ×

15Fine-Tuning of Output Area Setting During Operation(Enabled Only when Starting Input is ON)

Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.The angles increase with the operation of the [+] key.The angle decreases with the operation of the [-] key.Simultaneously with the completion of changes (fine-tuning), the output operation changes.

× × ● ×

(* mark): FC2-81F-C-1 does not have the [Bank], [← Output], and [Readout ↑] keys.Regarding the operation for setting special features, see the operation manual.Note 1) FC2-161F-C-1/FC2-321F-C-1 are abolished.

■List of Error CodesError Code

DisplayContents Description Cause / Corrective Action

E18Rotary encoder connection error

The designation of the resolution of the rotary encoder does not correspond to the designation of the resolution of the programmable cam.

- Setting of the DIP switch is different.- Check the resolution of the rotary encoder.- Failure of the rotary encoder.

E19Rotary encoder code error

The output of a rotary encoder that does not exist was detected. - Failure of the rotary encoder (Unconnected).- Disconnection or short-circuit of the connection cable of the

rotary encoder.- Effects of exogenous noise.E20 The rotary encoder code is discontinuous.

E21 Memory change errorThe contents of set values (output, origin correction, and advancing) have been changed.

- Effects of excessive noise.- Delete all the set values and reenter all settings.

E30 Rotational speed errorThe programmable cam cannot respond to the rotating speed of the rotary encoder.

- Check the rotating speed of the rotary encoder. - Check the resolution of the rotary encoder.

Set Value LED Blinking

Setting value errorThe output area setting is duplicated.

- After deleting or changing the duplicated set value, reset the set value.

The output area setting is protected. - Check the protection input.

Bank Display A to F

Bank error A bank that does not exist is designated in the bank input. - Check the bank input.

595

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-81F□Dimensions


Body of the FC2-81F-C-1

Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded InstallationPanel thickness 0.5 to 4 mm

FC2-161F-C-1

FC2-81F-C-1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

95

51

66.7

9.5

51

66.7

9.5

80

145

90

90±0.5

R0 to 2.5

75±

0.5

135±0.5

R0 to 2.5

85±

0.5

FC2-161F-C-1

FC2-81F-C-1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

95

51

66.7

9.5

51

66.7

9.5

80

145

90

90±0.5

R0 to 2.5

75±

0.5

135±0.5

R0 to 2.5

85±

0.5

596

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-161F□/321F□Each Part Name and Function

■Panel Explanation① Status display - Displays the Bank / FUN

② Bank / FUN display③ Angle / Rotating speed display - Displays the angle / rotating speed. ④ Bank / FUN key⑤ Output display - Displays the ON/OFF state of output.

- Lights the output No. designated by the [Output] key.

⑥ Start input display⑦ External origin input display⑧ Normal display ⑨ Sets the status display.⑩ Operation key⑪ Origin key - Corrects the origin.⑫ Mode display⑬ Connector for output⑭ Connector for encoder⑮ Mode display⑯ Connector for communication - Connection cable: Z-20JP2 (Sold separately)

(RS-232C modular 6 pins)

⑰ Terminal block - Provided with the cover


FC2-161F-C-1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15


BANK

FUN

FUN

r/min PRG MON

SELECT

WRITE

READOUT

ENTCLRMODE

SELECT

WRITE

READ

READOUTOUT

START

HOME

HOME

GOOD

ENTCLRMODE

HOME

START

HOME

GOOD

PRGTCHTESTRUN

PRG

TCH

TEST

RUN

DC+


DC− I.C 1 3 5 7

0 2 4 6 O.CPROST

HOME

CAM360CW

RUN720CCW

DC+


DC− I.CB1

35 7

B0 B2

4 128 9 10 11

13 14 150 1 2

6O.C O.C

PROST HOME

CAM360CW

RUN720CCW

⑤⑥⑦

⑪

②

③

①

④⑨

⑧

⑫

⑬

⑧

Front

Back Back

⑩

⑪

Front

②①

③

⑤

④

⑨

⑮

⑯

⑦⑧

⑭

⑬

⑫

⑰

⑥⑩

FC2-81F-C-1

FC2-161F-C-1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15


BANK

FUN

FUN

r/min PRG MON

SELECT

WRITE

READOUT

ENTCLRMODE

SELECT

WRITE

READ

READOUTOUT

START

HOME

HOME

GOOD

ENTCLRMODE

HOME

START

HOME

GOOD

PRGTCHTESTRUN

PRG

TCH

TEST

RUN

DC+


DC− I.C 1 3 5 7

0 2 4 6 O.CPROST

HOME

CAM360CW

RUN720CCW

DC+


DC− I.CB1

35 7

B0 B2

4 128 9 10 11

13 14 150 1 2

6O.C O.C

PROST HOME

CAM360CW

RUN720CCW

⑤⑥⑦

⑪

②

③

①

④⑨

⑧

⑫

⑬

⑧

Front

Back Back

⑩

⑪

Front

②①

③

⑤

④

⑨

⑮

⑯

⑦⑧

⑭

⑬

⑫

⑰

⑥⑩

FC2-81F-C-1

■Connector Arrangement

Input Common

Protection Input(Connected for Protection)

DC+ DC− HOMEB0ST I.CPROB1 B2 B3

External Origin Input

Sta

rtin

g In

put

Bank Input

0 1 2 3

1. Bank input 3 is equipped only on the FC2-321F-C.2. The external origin input should be connected to a non-contact output that has no chattering.3. The output common (O.C) and input common (I.C) are internally short-circuited with the power source-(DC-) terminal.

Power Source

12/24 V DC

Power Source for Programmable Cam

4

0

5

1

6

2

7

3 O.C

12

8

13

9

14

10

15

11 O.C

20

16

21

17

22

18

23

19 O.C

28

24

29

25

30

26

31

27 O.C

FC2-161F-C

Use Range

FC2-321F-C

Use Range

Power source for Load

35 V DCV or lower

0 7 8 15 16 23 24 31

Load

Output Output Output Output

Fuse

FC2-161F-C-1* The FC2-321F-C-1 displays output for 32 points.

597

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-161F□/321F□Operation Setting

■Default Setting

■Connection Connector

Power OFF


Power ON

Deletion of Origin Correction

Setting

Adjustment

Run

Delete All the Output Area Settings

Default Setting


Switch 1: Select the rotation direction. CW: Increases the angle in clockwise rotation as seen from the axle side of the encoder. CCW: Increase the angle in counterclockwise rotation as seen from the axle side of the encoder.

Switch 2: Select the resolution of the encoder. 360: When using an encoder of 360 resolution / revolution 720: When using an encoder of 720 resolution / revolution Switch 3: Select when using the RUN output. CAM: When using all output as CAM output RUN: When using a specific output as the RUN output*

- Setting or teaching mode Delete all the output area settings. [Delete] [Write] [Execute]

Cam360CW

Setting for shipment from factory

RUN720CCW

OFF

ON

OK

NG

NG

* Specific output that enables RUN output FC2-81F-C: Output 7 FC2-161F-C: Output 15 FC2-321F-C: Output 31 The RUN output turns ON during normal operation in the operation and adjustment mode, and OFF when an error occurs.

FC2-161F-C: Banks 0 to 7FC2-321F-C: Banks 0 to 9

Check if the output area setting / origin correction value are correct

OK

Check if output is appropriate.

- Teaching mode Delete the origin correction. [Delete] [Origin] [Execute] Note) The deletion operation is required for each bank.

- Setting and teaching mode Set the output area and set, change, or delete the origin correction.

- Adjustment mode Fine-tune the output area setting in the test run. (If not necessary, operate the programmable cam in the run mode.)

- Operation mode Operate the programmable cam.

Terminal Unit Connection Cable (TF-32D)

U-10JT 1 m Open priceOne-end Loose Wire Cable

U-30JH 3 m Open price

U-30JT 3 m Open price LC-013 1 m Open price

U-50JT 5 m Open price 40P Connector LC-010 Open price

Cam Switch Terminal Unit

FC-161F-C

FC-321F-C

TF-32DU-□□JT Cable for Connecting a Programmable Cam

and the TF-32D Terminal Unit

FUJITSU COMPONENT LIMITED

Connector : FCN-361J040-AU

Cover : FCN-360C040-J1

(3 m Cable) U-30JH

(1 m Cable) LC-013

(40P Connector) LC-010

598

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-161F□/321F□Operation Setting




Teaching

Adjustment

Operation


Select the mode with the [Mode] key. The mode is selected from the current mode sequentially.

Setting Teaching Adjustment Operation

The mode selected with the [Execute] key is determined and becomes the operation mode.

● ● ● ●

2 Display Switching The angle display and the rotating speed display are alternately switched with the [Display] key. × × ● ●3 Designation of Bank No. Press the [Bank] (*) key and designate the bank No. ● ● × ×

4 Designation of Output No.Press the [Output →] key or the [← Output] (*) key, and designate output. Every time the key is pressed, the lighting position of the output display changes.

● ● ● ●

5 Readout of Output Area SettingDesignate the bank No. (*) and the output No., and press the [Readout ↑] (*) or the [Readout ↓] key. The ON and OFF angle are alternately read out.

● ● ● ●

6 Deletion of One Output Area SettingAfter reading out the output area setting you want to delete, press the [Delete] [Execute] keys to delete the read-out output area setting.

● ● × ×


Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No., and press the [Delete] [Output →] (or [← Output] (*)) [Execute] keys to delete the settings.

● ● × ×


Designate the bank No. (*) and press the [Delete][Bank][Execute] keys to delete the settings. However, the origin correction setting is not deleted. Note 1

● ● × ×

9 Deletion of All Output Area SettingsPress the [Delete][Write][Execute] keys to delete the settings.However, the origin correction setting is not deleted.

● ● × ×

10 Writing of Output Area SettingDesignate the bank No. (*) and the output No.Display the angle you want to set with the [+] key or the [-] key, and write it with the [Write] key. (The angles are set in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)

● × × ×

11 Writing of Output Area Setting (Teaching)Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No.Rotate and then stop the encoder at the position you want to set, and write the output area setting with the [Write] key. (The angles are set in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)

× ● × ×

12 Setting of Origin CorrectionSet the bank No. (*),rotate the encoder and then stop it at the mechanical origin, and press the [Origin] key to select the angle of origin.With the operation of the [Write] key, the origin is written and the position becomes 0˚.

× ● × ×

13 Deletion of Origin CorrectionSet the bank No. (*) and press the [Delete][Origin][Execute] keys to delete the origin correction. The output angle of the encoder is displayed as it is.

× ● × ×

14 Change of Output Area SettingRead out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.Press the [+] key or the [-] key, and display the set value you want to change. Then, press the [Write] key and write the changed value.

● × × ×

15Fine-Tuning of Output Area Setting During Operation(Enabled Only when Starting Input is ON)

Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.The angles increase with the operation of the [+] key.The angle decreases with the operation of the [-] key.Simultaneously with the completion of changes (fine-tuning), the output operation changes.

× × ● ×

(* mark): FC2-81F-C-1 does not have the [Bank], [← Output], and [Readout ↑] keys.Regarding the operation for setting special features, see the operation manual.Note 1) FC2-161F-C-1/FC2-321F-C-1 are abolished.






E19Rotary encoder code error

The output of a rotary encoder that does not exist was detected. - Failure of the rotary encoder (Unconnected).- Disconnection or short-circuit of the connection cable of the

rotary encoder.- Effects of exogenous noise.E20 The rotary encoder code is discontinuous.

E21 Memory change ErrorThe contents of set values (output, origin correction, and advancing) have been changed.



- Check the rotating speed of the rotary encoder. - Check the resolution of the rotary encoder.


Setting value errorThe output area setting is duplicated.

- After deleting or changing the duplicated set value, reset the set value.

The output area setting is protected. - Check the protection input.

Bank Display A to F


599

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-161F□/321F□Dimensions


Body of the FC2-161F-C-1/321F-C-1

Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded InstallationPanel thickness 0.5 to 4 mm

FC2-161F-C-1

FC2-81F-C-1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

95

51

66.7

9.5

51

66.7

9.5

80

145

90

90±0.5

R0 to 2.5

75±

0.5

135±0.5

R0 to 2.5

85±

0.5

FC2-161F-C-1

FC2-81F-C-1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

95

51

66.7

9.5

51

66.7

9.5

80

145

90

90±0.5

R0 to 2.5

75±

0.5

135±0.5

R0 to 2.5

85±

0.5

■ManualName of Reference Contents

FC Series Operation Manual How to operate the FC2-81F-C-1, FC2-161F-C-1/321F-C-1

The manuals above can be downloaded from our website at http://www.koyoele.co.jp.

FC2-161F-C-1* The FC2-321F-C-1 displays output for 32 points.

600

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-80□, FC2-160□/320□Features

Surface-Mount Installation Type Cam Controller - An electronic programmable cam that features

usability and high performance in a compact body - The surface-mount installation type has three models

according to the control scale.

■Features- Easy operation The programmable cams can be easily operated with the feeling of a

digital switch.

- Settings cannot be changed during operation. Using the adjustment mode, the ON/OFF position can be fine-tuned

without stopping the machine.

- Easy tooling change Since the FC2-160-1 can register 8 programs and the FC2-320-1 can

register 10 programs, any program can be selected by switching the bank input at the time of tooling change.

- Automatic correction of advancing angle (FC2-320-1)

To correct the response delay of a machine (actuator), the programmable cam has 8 built-in output points that can automatically correct the ON/OFF timing of the CAM output according to the change in the number of revolutions.

- Equipped with multipurpose communication ports (FC2-160-1, FC2-320-1)

If the ports are used in communications with a PLC, the PLC can issue the operation commands to and change the set values of the programmable cams, and the programmable cams can read the angle and output state from the PLC. Programs can be copied between FC and FC.

- Fully equipped with an enhanced absolute type of rotary encoder as a sensor

The lineup consists of the compact (outside diameter φ50mm / depth 35mm) TRD-NA series, robust TRD-K series, and environmental-resistant TRD-KL series, which can be selected according to applications.

　- High position accuracy detection / control S ince an opt ical absolute encoder is used for the sensor, the

programmable cam can achieve much better linearity compared with resolvers. Moreover, it causes no errors even when the sensor is replaced.

- High speed response 1600 min-1 (800 min-1 when the resolution is 720)

- Protection function that prevents malfunctions If the protection input is short-circuited after adjustments are made or

before the shipment of a machine, this feature prevents end users from accidentally operating equipment, thus eliminating trouble.

- Rotation state can be grasped at a glance. The programmable cams are equipped with a roulette display that enables

users to grasp the rotation direction and rotation position at a glance.

- Equipped with an origin correction function. It is not necessary to align the angle to mount an encoder.

- DIN rail installation The installation on DIN rails and screws are both supported.

- Battery-less No battery is required owing to an onboard EEPROM.

601

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-80□, FC2-160□/320□Specifications

■General SpecificationsItems FC2-80-C-1 FC2-160-1 FC2-320-1

Supply Voltage 10.8 to 26.4 V DC 85 to 264 V AC

Power Consumption 5 W 20 VA


－10 to +50˚C

Storage Temperature －20 to +70˚C (No freezing)



Dielectric Voltage Not specified because the part between the DC power supply and input-output terminal is not insulated.

2 kV　1 min (Between AC line input / input/output and chassis)

Insulation Resistance 20 MΩ (Between AC line input / input/output and chassis)

Vibration ResistanceEndurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions

Impact Resistance Endurance: 490 m/s2, 3 axial directions　Malfunction: 98 m/s2, 3 axial directions

Noise ResistanceBetween power supply terminals: 1.0 kV Between power supply terminals: 1.5 kV

(Pulse width 1 μs / Start-up 1 ns/Square wave pulse)

Size (mm) 105 W x 1000 H x 66 D 140 W x 100 H x 66 D 195 W x 100 H x 66 D

Weight (g) 300 450 550

Accessories No

Price Open Open Open

■Function/Performance SpecificationsItems FC2-80-C-1 FC2-160-1 FC2-320-1

Number of Input PointsStarting input: 1 point/ Protection input: 1 point

Starting input: 1 point/ Bank input: 3 points/ Protection input: 1 point

Starting input: 1 point/ Bank input: 4 points/ Protection input: 1 point

Resolution 360/720 per rotation (Switched from a DIP switch)

Encoder Input H: 7.5 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V (ON) (Open collector withstanding pressure: 14 V or more)

Control Input H: 7.5 to 30 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V (ON)

Number of Outputs 8 points 16 points32 points (Advancing angle can be set in 8 points.)

Output Specifications NPN open collector　Withstanding voltage 35 V or lower / Current 0.1 A or lower / Residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower

Number of Output Area Settings

16 settings for a total of 8 outputs(There is no restriction on the number of settings per output as long as the total number of settings is within 16.)

32 settings for a total of 16 outputs (32 times per bank)

64 settings for a total of 32 outputs (64 times per bank)

Response Rotating Speed min-1



Resolution 360: 1600/ Resolution 720: 800 (No advancing setting)

Output Response Time 550 μs or less 250 μs or less 250 μs or less (No advancing setting)

Power Supply Start Time 2 s or less

Number of banks 1 8 (Banks 0 to 7) 10 (Banks 0 to 9)

Display Switching Angle / Rotating speed (Switched from a DIP switch)

CW/CCW Direction Switching

Switched from a DIP switch

RUN Output ON at normal time (Switched from a DIP switch): Operation adjustment mode*

Origin Correction Arbitrary point becomes the origin.

Program Memory EEPROM

Program Storage Advancing Function Available (Only output 0 to 7)

Pulse Output Setting The number of pulses that can be set for the resolution can be arbitrarily selected.(One pulse output setting is equivalent to one output area setting.)

* The output of the �nal No. is set to either CAM output or RUN output from the DIP switch.* Memory card for the FC2-320-1 The M-01F has been discontinued.

602

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-80□Each Part Name and Function


DC+ DC–

ST I.C 1 3 5 7 O.C

PRO 0 2 4 6

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

OutputProtection Input (Connected for Protection)

Sta

rtin

g In

put

Pow

er S

ourc

e fo

r P

rogr

amm

able

Cam

10.8

to 2

6.4

V D

C

Output Common

Power Sourcefor Load35 V DC or lower

(105)

( 10

0)

94

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

Attachment Bore Processing Dimensions

Load

■Panel Explanation① Angle / Rotating speed

display - Displays the angle / rotating speed.

② Output display - Displays the ON/OFF state of output. - Lights the output No. designated by the

[Output] key.

③ Origin key - Corrects the origin.

④ Connector for encoder

⑤ Operation mode changing switch

- Selects the setting / adjustment / operation modes.

⑥ Terminal block

　⑦ Rotation position display - Displays the angle in units of 30˚.

⑧ Action indication - Angle / rotating speed / ON/OFF / set

value / starting / teaching

⑨ Operation key

⑩ DIP switches - SW1: Selects the angle increasing

direction. - SW2: Selects the encoder resolution. - SW3: Selects the angle / rotating speed

display.

ANGLE/　r/min

ANGLE/　r/minBANK

ANGLE/　r/minBANK

ON

OFF

OUT

READ CLR

HOME

MODEPRG

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MONSTARTTCH

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MONSTARTGOOD

TEST

PRGTCH

RUN

MODE

TEST

RUN

PRGTCH

D.CAMSAVE

MODE

TEST

RUN

OFFHOME

OUT

READ CLR

BANKMODE

OFFHOME

OUT

READ CLR

BANKMODE

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MON

STARTGOOD

④⑤

①

③⑧

⑦

⑩

⑨

⑩

⑨

⑪

⑩

⑨

⑪

Front

Front

Front

Side

Side

②

⑥

⑥⑦

②①

⑫③

⑤④

⑧

⑥⑦

②①

③

⑤④

⑧

FC2-80-C-1

FC2-160-1

FC2-320-1

603

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-80□Operation Setting

■Default Setting

Power OFF


Power ON

Teaching Mode

Setting Mode orTeaching Mode

Default Setting


Switch 1: Selects the angle increasing direction (seen from the axle side of the rotary encoder).ON: Increases the angle in counterclockwise rotation / OFF: Increases the angle in clockwise rotation.

Switch 2: Selects the resolution of the rotary encoder.ON: Uses a rotary encoder of 720 resolution / rotation.OFF: Uses a rotary encoder of 360 resolution / rotation.

Switch 3: Selects the angle / rotating speed display.ON: Displays the rotating speed / OFF: Displays the angle.

Read the set contents of the DIP switches.

Deletes all the output area settings.[Delete] [Off] [On Execute]

Deletes the origin correction.[Delete] [Origin] [On Execute]

321OFF

Dip SwitchON

604

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-80□Operation Setting




Teaching

Adjustment

Operation


Switch operation / adjustment / setting with the mode changing switch

Setting

Adjustment

Operation

● ● ● ●

2 Switching of Setting ModeThe setting mode switches sequentially with the [Mode] key.

Setting Teaching ● ● × ×

3 Designation of Output No.Press the [Output] key and designate the output No. (Every time the key is pressed, the lighting position of the output display changes.)

● ● ● ●

4 Readout of Output Area SettingDesignate the output No. and press the [Readout] key. The ON and OFF angle are alternately read out.

● ● ● ●

5 Deletion of One Output Area SettingAfter reading out the ON angle and the OFF angle in the output area setting you want to delete, press the [Delete] [On Execute] keys to delete the setting. If the ON (OFF) angle is deleted, the corresponding ON (OFF) angle is also deleted.

● ● × ×


Designate the output No. and press the [Delete] [Output] [On Execute] keys to delete the settings. ● ● × ×

7 Deletion of All Output Area SettingsPress the [Delete] [Output] [On Execute] keys to delete the settings. However, the origin correction setting is not deleted.

● ● × ×

8 Writing of Output Area Setting

Designate the output No. Display the angle you want to set with the [+] key or the [-] key, and write the ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the OFF angle with the [Off] key. (Write the output area setting in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)

● × × ×《When turning output ON for all angles》

Display the angle of 0˚ (0.0˚), and press the [On Execute][Off] keys to write the output area setting of all angles as ON.

9 Writing of Output Area Setting (Teaching)Designate the output No. Rotate and then stop the rotary encoder at the position you want to set, and write the ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the OFF angle with the [Off] key. (Write the output area setting in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)

× ● × ×

10 Setting of Origin CorrectionRotate and then stop the rotary encoder at the mechanical origin, and press the [Origin] key. The position becomes 0˚.

× ● × ×

11 Deletion of Origin CorrectionPress the [Delete][Origin][On Execute] keys to delete the origin correction. The output angle of the rotary encoder is displayed as is.

× ● × ×

12 Change of Output Area Setting

Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.Display the set value you want to change with the [+] key or the [-] key. Write the changed value of ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the changed value of OFF angle with the [Off] key. (The ON/OFF display blinks once.)

● × × ×

13Fine-Tuning of Output Area Setting During Operation

Increase the angle with the [+] key and decrease the angle with the [-] key.Simultaneously with the completion of changes (fine-tuning), the output operation changes. (The ON/OFF display continues to blink until the changes are complete.)

× × ● ×





- Setting of the DIP switch is different. - Check the resolution of the rotary encoder. - Failure of the rotary encoder.

E19Rotary encoder code error/ Cord discontinuous error

The output of a rotary encoder that does not exist was detected. The cam-operated switch cannot respond to the rotating speed of the rotary encoder. The rotary encoder code is discontinuous.

- Setting of the DIP switch is different.- Failure of the rotary encoder (Unconnected).- Disconnection or short-circuit of the connection cable of the

rotary encoder.- Effects of exogenous noise.- Check the rotating speed of the rotary encoder.

E21 Memory change errorThe contents of set values (output, origin correction, and advancing) have been changed.

- Effects of excessive noise. /-Delete all the set values and reenter all settings.


Setting value error The output area setting is duplicated.- After deleting or changing the duplicated set value, reset the set

value.

605

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-80□Dimensions


Body of the FC2-80-C-1


105 66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

100

140

100

195

100

(105)

( 10

0)

94

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

(140)

( 10

0)

129

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

(195)

( 10

0)

184

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

105 66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

100

140

100

195

100

(105)

( 10

0)

94

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

(140)

( 10

0)

129

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

(195)

( 10

0)

184

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

606

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□



～

AC

AC ST B1 PRO 0 2 4 6 O.C 9 11 13 15 RUN

G B0 B2 I.C 1 3 5 7 8 10 12 14 O.C

Pow

er S

ourc

e fo

r P

rogr

amm

able

Cam

85 to

264

V A

C

Sta

rtin

g In

put

Bank Input

0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 71 2

Inp

ut C

omm

on Out

put C

omm

on

Output Common

Output

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Output

Protection Input (Connected for Protection)


Load

(RUN)

■Panel Explanation① Bank display - Displays the bank No. designated in the bank

input. - Displays the bank No. designated with the [Bank]

key.

② Angle / Rotating speed display - Displays the angle / rotating speed.

③ Output display - Displays the ON/OFF state of output. - Lights the output No. designated by the [Output]

key.

④ DIP switches - SW1: Selects the angle increasing direction. - SW2: Selects the encoder resolution. - SW3: Selects the angle / rotating speed display. - SW4: Selects the RUN output and the CAM

output.

⑤ Mode display - Displays the setting / teaching mode. ⑥ Connector for encoder ⑦ Operation mode changing switch - Selects the setting / adjustment / operation

modes.

⑧ Terminal block

⑨ Rotation position display - Displays the angle in units of 30˚.

⑩ Action indication - Angle / rotating speed / ON/OFF / set value /

starting / normal

⑪ Operation key

⑫ Connector for communication - RS-232C communication port

ANGLE/　r/min

ANGLE/　r/minBANK

ANGLE/　r/minBANK

ON

OFF

OUT

READ CLR

HOME

MODEPRG

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MONSTARTTCH

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MONSTARTGOOD

TEST

PRGTCH

RUN

MODE

TEST

RUN

PRGTCH

D.CAMSAVE

MODE

TEST

RUN

OFFHOME

OUT

READ CLR

BANKMODE

OFFHOME

OUT

READ CLR

BANKMODE

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MON

STARTGOOD

④⑤

①

③⑧

⑦

⑩

⑨

⑩

⑨

⑪

⑩

⑨

⑪

Front

Front

Front

Side

Side

②

⑥

⑥⑦

②①

⑫③

⑤④

⑧

⑥⑦

②①

③

⑤④

⑧

FC2-80-C-1

FC2-160-1

FC2-320-1

ANGLE/　r/min

ANGLE/　r/minBANK

ANGLE/　r/minBANK

ON

OFF

OUT

READ CLR

HOME

MODEPRG

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MONSTARTTCH

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MONSTARTGOOD

TEST

PRGTCH

RUN

MODE

TEST

RUN

PRGTCH

D.CAMSAVE

MODE

TEST

RUN

OFFHOME

OUT

READ CLR

BANKMODE

OFFHOME

OUT

READ CLR

BANKMODE

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MON

STARTGOOD

④⑤

①

③⑧

⑦

⑩

⑨

⑩

⑨

⑪

⑩

⑨

⑪

Front

Front

Front

Side

Side

②

⑥

⑥⑦

②①

⑫③

⑤④

⑧

⑥⑦

②①

③

⑤④

⑧

FC2-80-C-1

FC2-160-1

FC2-320-1

607

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□



～

Pow

er S

ourc

e fo

r P

rogr

amm

able

Cam

85 to

264

V A

C

Sta

rtin

g In

put

Bank Input

0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 71 2 3

Inp

ut C

omm

on

Protection Input (Connected for Protection)

Output

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Output

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Output

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 (RUN)

Output

Out

put C

omm

on

Out

put C

omm

on

Out

put C

omm

on

Output Common


Load

AC G B0 B2 PRO 0 2 4 6 O.C 9 11 13 15 16 18 20 22 O.C 25 27 29 31

O.C3028262423211917O.C14121087531I.CB3B1STAC

RUN

■Panel Explanation① Bank display - Displays the bank No. designated in the bank

input. - Displays the bank No. designated with the [Bank]

key. - Displays the saving, reproduction, and checking

operation selected with the [+] key.

② Angle / Rotating speed display - Displays the angle / rotating speed. - Displays the advancing angle or the advancing

rotating speed. - Displays the saving, playback, and checking

operation.

③ Output display - Displays the ON/OFF state of output. - Lights the output No. designated by the [Output]

key.

④ DIP switches - SW1: Selects the angle increasing direction. - SW2: Selects the encoder resolution. - SW3: Selects the angle / rotating speed display. - SW4: Selects the RUN output and the CAM output.

⑤ Mode display - Displays the setting / teaching / advancing / saving.

⑥ Connector for encoder

⑦ Operation mode changing switch - Selects the setting / adjustment / operation modes.

⑧ Terminal block

⑨ Rotation position display - Displays the angle in units of 30˚./ Displays the

execution state of the saving, playback, and checking operations.

⑩ Action indication - Angle / rotating speed / ON/OFF / set value /

starting / normal

⑪ Operation key

⑫ Connector for communication - RS-232C communication port

ANGLE/　r/min

ANGLE/　r/minBANK

ANGLE/　r/minBANK

ON

OFF

OUT

READ CLR

HOME

MODEPRG

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MONSTARTTCH

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MONSTARTGOOD

TEST

PRGTCH

RUN

MODE

TEST

RUN

PRGTCH

D.CAMSAVE

MODE

TEST

RUN

OFFHOME

OUT

READ CLR

BANKMODE

OFFHOME

OUT

READ CLR

BANKMODE

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MON

STARTGOOD

④⑤

①

③⑧

⑦

⑩

⑨

⑩

⑨

⑪

⑩

⑨

⑪

Front

Front

Front

Side

Side

②

⑥

⑥⑦

②①

⑫③

⑤④

⑧

⑥⑦

②①

③

⑤④

⑧

FC2-80-C-1

FC2-160-1

FC2-320-1

ANGLE/　r/min

ANGLE/　r/minBANK

ANGLE/　r/minBANK

ON

OFF

OUT

READ CLR

HOME

MODEPRG

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MONSTARTTCH

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MONSTARTGOOD

TEST

PRGTCH

RUN

MODE

TEST

RUN

PRGTCH

D.CAMSAVE

MODE

TEST

RUN

OFFHOME

OUT

READ CLR

BANKMODE

OFFHOME

OUT

READ CLR

BANKMODE

ANGLEr/min

ONOFF

PRG MON

STARTGOOD

④⑤

①

③⑧

⑦

⑩

⑨

⑩

⑨

⑪

⑩

⑨

⑪

Front

Front

Front

Side

Side

②

⑥

⑥⑦

②①

⑫③

⑤④

⑧

⑥⑦

②①

③

⑤④

⑧

FC2-80-C-1

FC2-160-1

FC2-320-1

608

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-160□/320□Operation Setting

■Default Setting

Power OFF


Power ON

Teaching Mode

Default Setting


Switch 1: Selects the angle increasing direction (seen from the axle side of the rotary encoder).ON: Increases the angle in counterclockwise rotation / OFF: Increases the angle in clockwise rotation.

Switch 2: Selects the resolution of the rotary encoder.ON: Uses a rotary encoder of 720 resolution / rotation.OFF: Uses a rotary encoder of 360 resolution / rotation.

Switch 3: Selects the angle / rotating speed display.ON: Displays the rotating speed / OFF: Displays the angle.

Switch 4: Selects the RUN / CAM output.ON: RUN output / OFF: CAM output

Read the set contents of the DIP switches.

Deletes all the output area settings.[Delete] [Off] [On Execute]

Deletes the origin correction for each bank.(FC2-160-1: Banks 0 to 7 / FC2-320-1: Banks 0 to 9)[Delete] [Origin] [On Execute]

4321OFF

Dip SwitchON

Setting Mode orTeaching Mode



Operation Mode

Setting

Teaching

Advancing

Saving

Adjustment

OperationModel


Switch operation / adjustment / setting with the mode changing switch

Setting

Adjustment

Operation

FC2-160-1

● ●

● ●FC2-320-1 ● ●

2 Switching of Setting ModeThe setting mode switches sequentially with the [Mode] key.

Setting Teaching Advancing Saving

(Only FC2-320) (Only FC2-320)

FC2-160-1

● ●

× ×FC2-320-1 ● ●

3 Designation of Bank No. Press the [Bank] key and designate the bank No.FC2-160-1

● ●

× ×FC2-320-1 ● ×

4 Designation of Output No.Press the [Output] key and designate the output No. (Every time the key is pressed, the lighting position of the output display changes.)

FC2-160-1● ●

● ●

FC2-320-1 ● ×

5 Readout of Output Area Setting

Designate the bank No. and the output No., and press the [Readout] key. The ON and OFF angle are alternately read out.

FC2-160-1

● ●

● ●《When the pulse output is already set》

The ON start angle of the pulse output and the pulse number are alternately read out.FC2-320-1 × ×

6 Deletion of One Output Area SettingAfter reading out the ON angle and the OFF angle in the output area setting you want to delete, press the [Delete] [On Execute] keys to delete the setting.

FC2-160-1● ●

× ×

FC2-320-1 × ×


Designate the bank No. and the output No., and press the [Delete] [Output] [On Execute] keys to delete the settings.

FC2-160-1● ●

× ×

FC2-320-1 × ×


Designate the bank No. and press the [Delete][Bank][On Execute] keys to delete the settings.

FC2-160-1● ●

× ×

FC2-320-1 × ×

9 Deletion of all output area settingsPress the [Delete] [Output] [On Execute] keys to delete the settings. However, the origin correction setting is not deleted.

FC2-160-1● ●

× ×

FC2-320-1 × ×

10 Writing of Output Area Setting

Designate the bank No. and the output No.Designate the output No. Display the angle you want to set with the [+] key or the [-] key, and write the ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the OFF angle with the [Off] key. (Write the output area setting in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)

FC2-160-1

● ×

× ×《When setting the pulse output》Designate the bank No. and the output No.Display the ON start angle of pulse with the [+] key or the [-] key, and press the [On Execute][Off] keys.Next, select the pulse number with the [+] key or [-] key, and write the output area setting with the [On Execute] key.

FC2-320-1 × ×

609

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□



Operation Mode

Setting

Teaching

Advancing

Saving

Adjustment

OperationModel

11Writing of Output Area Setting(Teaching)

Designate the bank No. and the output No.Rotate and then stop the rotary encoder at the position you want to set, and write the ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the OFF angle with the [Off] key. (Write the output area setting in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)

FC2-160-1

× ●

× ×FC2-320-1 × ×

12 Setting of Origin CorrectionDesignate the bank. Rotate and stop the rotary encoder at the mechanical origin, and press the [Origin] key. The position becomes 0˚.

FC2-160-1× ●

× ×

FC2-320-1 × ×

13 Deletion of Origin CorrectionDesignate the bank. Press the [Delete][Origin][On Execute] keys to delete the origin correction. The output angle of the encoder is displayed as is.

FC2-160-1× ●

× ×

FC2-320-1 × ×

14 Change of Output Area Setting

Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.Display the set value you want to change with the [+] key or the [-] key. Write the changed value of ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the changed value of OFF angle with the [Off] key. (The ON/OFF display blinks once.)

FC2-160-1

● ×

× ×FC2-320-1 × ×

15Fine-Tuning of Output Area Setting During Operation

Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.Increase the angle with the [+] key and decrease the angle with the [-] key.

FC2-160-1× ×

● ×

FC2-320-1 × ×

16 Reading Out the Advancing SettingDesignate the bank No. and the output No., and press the [Readout] key. The setting of advancing angle and advancing rotating speed are alternately read out.

FC2-320-1 × × ● × × ×

17 Writing the Advancing Setting

Designate the bank No. and the output No., and read out the advancing angle or the advancing rotating speed you want to set. Next, display the set values (advancing angle and advancing rotating speed) with the [+] key or the [-] key, and press the [On Execute] key to write the set values.

FC2-320-1 × × ● × × ×

18 Deletion of the Advancing Setting

Designate the bank No. and the output No., and press the [Delete][On Execute] keys to delete the advancing setting. Both advancing angle and advancing rotating speed become 0.In the cases of the deletion of all designated output area settings / deletion of all output area settings of designated bank / deletion of all output area settings, the advancing setting is also deleted.

FC2-320-1 × × ● × × ×

19

Copying Between FC and FCWhen performing s (save) and l (load), connect the FC2-160-1/FC2-320-1 via the communication port. (Used cable: Z-20JP2 )

FC2-160-1

● × × × × ×

Changing to the Copy ModePress the [Delete] [Mode] keys to display COPY in the angle / rotating speed display. Press the [On Execute] key to move to the selection of the copy operation.

Selection of the Copy Operation

Select the copy operation with the [+] key or the [-] key.

Bank Display

Angle / Rotating

speed displayOperation

s fc-e Save (Saving): Saving to external FC2-160-1/320

l e-fcLoad (Duplicate): Duplication from external FC2-160-1/320

-fc-Copy (Transfer): Copying between internal banks (Operating the FC2-160-1/FC2-320-1)

Press the [On Execute] key to move to the selection of the copy bank.

FC2-320-1

Selection of a Copy Bank and the Execution of the Copy Operation

Display the bank subject to the copy operation with the [Bank] key, and select it with the [On Execute] key. (Display blinks after selection.)

Angle / Rotating speed display① － ②all

Save Load Copy

① Self-bank Other bank Source bank

② Other bank Self-bank Source bank

all All banks All banks If you press the [On Execute] key again, the copy operation is executed.

610

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C




FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

■Advancing Angle Function of FC2-230-1 * Only the FC2-320-1 has the advancing angle function.

1. Setting and operation Set the advancing function according to the "17 Writing the advancing setting" in the list of operation. Advancing angle ……………… Sets how many degrees the ON/OFF angle of the CAM output should be advanced at any rotating speed (set as the

advancing rotating speed). Advancing rotating speed …… Sets the advancing rotating speed that is used to specify the rotating speed in the setting of advancing angle (in units of 10

min-1).2.Advancing operation

《Reminders》 - Advancing is enabled only when the off width is 2°or more in the output area setting. - The advancing operation slowly follows the change of the rotating speed. - If rotation stops, a 0 rotating speed is output within 170 ms from the stop. - The response rotating speed and response time differ according to the advancing setting point. (Only output 0 to 7)

■Example Application [Print Machine Control]1. The FC is used for controlling the stop angle of the

printing cylinder. The stop position of the machine plate is controlled so that it is placed at the

location of clamp when the machine plate is mounted to the printing cylinder.2. The rotary encoder is used for correcting the color

deviation in multicolored printing. The printing cylinder's angle of mounting to the drive shaft and the left and right

position are �ne-tuned (±1.00 mm).

It reduces the machine adjustment man-hours. It is also used for transport machine control, multistory parking lots, and machine

tool control.




E18 Encoder connection errorThe designation of the resolution of the rotary encoder does not correspond to the designation of the resolution of the programmable cam.


E19 Encoder code error The output of a rotary encoder that does not exist was detected. - Failure of the rotary encoder (Unconnected).- Disconnection or short-circuit of the connection cable of

the rotary encoder.- Effects of exogenous noise.E20 Encoder code error The rotary encoder code is discontinuous.

E21 Memory Change ErrorThe contents of set values (output, origin correction, and advancing) have been changed.



E70E90 to 99

Communication error

Communications were not performed normally. - Check the communication data.- Check the operation mode.- Check the protection input.- Disconnection or short-circuit of the communication cable.- Effects of exogenous noise.E80 to 89

Communications were not performed normally in the copy operation.


Setting value error The output area setting is duplicated.- After deleting or changing the duplicated set value, reset the

set value.

Bank Display A to F


Number of Advancing Setting Points

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Output Response Time (Output 0 to 7) μs

345 365 380 400 420 435 465 470

Response Rotating Speed (min-1)

360 Resolution

1,100 1,000 900 800 700 600 500 500

720 Resolution

550 500 450 400 350 300 250 250

PrintingPaper

Roller

Absolute Rotary Encoder Motor

Master

PrintedPaper

611

Electronic Counter

Tachometer

Digital Timer

Programmable Cam


SENSOR

ENCODER

COUNTER

INFORMATION

H M I

P L C



FC2-81F□FC2-161F□/321F□

FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□

FC2-160□/320□Dimensions


Body of the FC2-160-1

Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation of FC2-160-1

Body of the FC2-320-1

Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installations of FC2-320-1

105 66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

100

140

100

195

100

(105)

( 10

0)

94

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

(140)

( 10

0)

129

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

(195)

( 10

0)

184

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

105 66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

100

140

100

195

100

(105)

( 10

0)

94

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

(140)( 1

00)

129

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

(195)

( 10

0)

184

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

105 66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

100

140

100

195

100

(105)

( 10

0)

94

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

(140)

( 10

0)

129

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

(195)

( 10

0)

184

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

105 66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

66

External Center

DIN Rail Center

8

2.3

100

140

100

195

100

(105)

( 10

0)

94

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

(140)

( 10

0)129

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

(195)

( 10

0)

184

89

Hole for 2-M4 Screw

Documents

COUNTER489 Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam Electronic Counter / Controller SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION H M I P L C KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO.,